Chapter Text
It was the second year of Kim Roksoo living in his new world as Cale henituse. One of those things that was surprising, but not enough to make Kim Roksoo fall into a pit of confusion.
Two years into being a Cale Henituse, Kim Roksoo was happy that he was a Henituse. That meant he didn't have to worry about money and a comfortable life. He was also the Cale Henituse, a young man with the trashy title of Count Henituse, making it easier for Roksoo to push Basen Henituse as the family heir while he would live as he pleased.
If only Roksoo had never read the novel The birth of a hero, he would have said that the lives of these two were perfect.
Oh, about Choi han who in the original timeline would beat him to death, Roksoo could have avoided that easily. After all, Choi han beat up the original Cale because Cale insulted all the people in Harris village. If the current Cale hadn't done the same stupidity, would Choi Han have hit him? of course no. Still, Cale had to be careful.
"Young master, would you like to eat with the others or alone in the room?" Ron, with that horrible smile greeted this beautiful morning. Cale could not wait to make Ron and his only son go with Choi Han later.
Cale had even been secretly looking for new Butler and Chef candidates to replace Ron and Vicross while they were away.
"I want to talk to father about something"
"Okay. I've prepared water for you to take a shower, please take your time."
Cale just nodded and sent Ron out of his room. Having an assassin in the same room as him was not good for Cale henituse's mental state.
Today, the schedule of the unemployed like him seemed to be to devise a plan to take the ancient power located in Count Henituse's territory. After two years of doing everything possible to avoid participating in various events as a representative of the Henituse family, it seemed that Deruth was starting to give up on his desire. Cale also only intended to take the ancient power that he had known for a long time now with the reason that his body was sufficient to anticipate any side effects of the ancient power.
Finished with dressing, Cale and Ron went to their dining room when he heard a commotion on the first floor.
There were a lot of servants pacing back and forth very quickly. Some new faces also passed by Cale after bowing respectfully.
"Who's come?"
"Your distant cousin, young master Klein Moretti."
Cale restrained himself from asking further as the two had already arrived at the dining room.
Deruth, Violan, Basen and Lily were already sitting leisurely on their respective chairs. His presence there made the youngest child, Lily, greet him happily. Since his transmigration two years ago, Cale decided to improve the situation of the Henituse family little by little.
"I thought young master Klein Moretti would be here to dine with us" Cale started the conversation after he sat down.
"Unfortunately, he cannot be with us right now. The boy is still unconscious."
Unconscious? Cale furrowed his brow. Deruth, who had intended to tell everything started to open his mouth.
"Last night, one of the servants from the Moretti family arrived at the castle in a poor state. She begged me to help Klein, who was the only child to survive the family's murder."
Cale had never heard the name of the Moretti family being discussed. Neither Deruth, Violan, or even Basen had mentioned the family name in the past two years. None of the nobles who had come to Henituse castle had used the Moretti name as their surname.
"Has he ever been here? Lily has never heard the name Moretti in all this time."
Bless the youngest. Lily asked what Cale wanted to ask.
"It's been a while since the Moretti family has been here. I'm not even sure if Cale remembers them or not. Moretti County is located quite far from Henituse, they are also a family that declared themselves as a neutral family. The reason for that family's absence at every event is usually due to struggling in some areas that I can't help with"
"Then, what are we going to do with young master Klein? If all the Moretti family members are gone... "
This means that the noble family will be destroyed. The kingdom will have to choose a new leader in the region for the welfare of all the people living there. Either Klein Moretti will have to bear the burden of being a lord at a young age and alone, or a new name from another family will be chosen to lead.
The situation will be quite chaotic there. The battle of the nobles who want to become a count will certainly be very fierce. Klein Moretti will be the main target of all this chaos.
"He will stay here for some time. I've already sent a message to the royal court about the situation in Moretti County, they will definitely send a royal representative to handle all the problems there in the near future. I should also question Klein about what plans he has" Deruth answered confidently.
"Do you think that young master Klein will take over the leadership of Moretti County?" Basen asked, worried and also feeling sorry for the fate of the victim.
"I'm not sure, after all... Klein Moretti is the second son of the family. So far, the only one I know is Benson, and he's the one whose name is known to many people as well. Klein's name was hardly even mentioned as if he never existed. If Benson had never mentioned his name, I wouldn't have known he had a sister other than Melissa."
Klein Moretti did not look like someone who wanted to take over the leadership. Judging from Deruth's story, the Moretti family was a harmonious noble family with no fighting between each sibling over the heir.
"If Klein decides to surrender?" Cale finally asked after getting a lot of information.
"We'll let him stay here until he decides where he wants to go. I have a considerable debt of gratitude to that family, taking care of the only child who managed to survive this tragedy is my duty. " Deruth smiled a little, feeling a little sad that he could only help the Moretti family back when this tragedy had already happened.
"Um... How old is young master Klein?" Lily asked again.
"This year, Klein should be 17 years old. Cale, I hope you can become good friends with him."
Cale's mouth twitched slightly when he heard that. Even though the current Cale was not as bad a trash as the Cale in the novel, he was still, in fact, a trash.
And now, Deruth wanted his son to be good friends with someone else? Sigh...
"Yes, father."
__
Opening his eyes slowly, Klein saw a roof that was different from anything he had ever seen. Besides the fact that he was not in the domain belonging to Evernight, Klein was in another room that belonged to who knows who.
De javu.
Panic began to haunt him, making Klein immediately rise from his sleeping position to leave, looking for answers to this new madness.
His legs could not be used properly, making Klein, who had only stood up for a moment, fall down immediately. The pain in his entire body, especially in his abdomen, made Klein start to regain a little bit of clear thinking.
"Young master Klein, please calm down. You are already in a safe place."
When he felt another person's hand on his body, Klein could not help but immediately dodge as far away as possible. An old man squatting not far from him gave a benign smile. He acted as if to show that he was not a bad person, but Klein was even more convinced that this man wearing a servant's uniform was no ordinary man.
"Who are you?"
"I'm Ron. Butler of the Henituse family, young master Klein need not worry, Count Deruth has ensured that as long as you are in Henituse territory, you will be fine. That's what Count-nim promised you."
Henituse County? Deruth? Who are they? Where is this?
Did he really transmigrate to a different world again?
"Ugh"
"Your wound is open again. Please, young master Klein, let this Ron help you back to bed and treat your wound."
Klein looked down at the blood on his hands. The wound on his abdomen, just like what Ron had said, had reopened due to his erratic movements.
Nodding, Klein accepted the old Butler's help and climbed back onto the soft bed. His luxurious life as Dwayne Dante made Klein not too surprised by the elite nobility, but the house of this Henituse noble must be a family that never struggled with money. At all.
Everything in this room looked so expensive to the point Klein did not want to touch anything for fear of damaging it.
"Some of the other scars have started to heal. But you have many fatal wounds, I hope the young master does not act rashly for the sake of your health."
What really happened? As a beyonder and the half lord of mystery, Klein had hardly ever been 'seriously injured'. And now, he was lying weakly on a bed with a servant busy changing his bandages.
"Did you see my antique mirror?"
Ron paused for a moment before answering the question.
"One of your servants brought it in earlier. They were very grateful that there was no damage to the mirror."
Arrodes also joined him. Was it because they were in the same place before? Made Arrodes end up with him too? Whatever it was, Klein was grateful that Arrodes was still here.
Ron handed the mirror to Klein, making the young man smile as he confirmed that it was really Arrodes. There was a small tremor in his hand, indicating that Arrodes was still active, but refrained itself because Ron was in the same place as them.
"Ron, thank you. Sorry for the trouble" Klein bowed politely, showing his gratitude.
"This is my duty. In that case, I will inform the Count that young master Klein is awake. Please, rest comfortably."
"Yes, thank you."
Right after Ron left the room, Klein let out a long sigh. Now, what was this again? Why did he suddenly transmigrate to a different world?
Couldn't he feel any peace at all?
Notes:
Both Klein and Cale need a fucking rest. But i swear, if cuttlefish didnt make Klein at least have a room to breath.. Well, I can't do anything about that. BUT PLEASE, LET HIM BREATH.
I always thingking about how Cale at least have Choi han and Alberu and the rest of the family to back him up.
But Klein and his relationship with everyone makes me who loves found family a little bit too much crying. Like, can somebody just know how much he Sacrifice for them? Besides us, the reader, no one really know that Klein doomed Moretti give up his everything for the world.
Chapter Text
"Do you know where we are?"
"Greeting great master! Your puny and loyal servant, Arrodes, welcomes your presence! Exactly 5 hours, 45 minutes and 30 seconds ago, a unique force that this servant could not figure out the source of, brought your main body and Arrodes to this world. This planet does not have a name, but Arrodes is certain that the distance from this planet to our previous planet is very far away. Great master, what do we do after this?"
Klein let out a long sigh. Sefirah castle..... Klein could still feel the aura of the place, but could not return. There was a barrier holding him back from returning to the castle. From his experience so far, only they, the powerful gods, the great old ones, were able to keep him from returning to Sefirah.
"We will find out the situation here first. Do you know my identity here? Why did the Butler earlier address me as young master Klein?"
Klein gently rubbed the mirror he was holding. One of Klein's new habits after having Arrodes was to keep rubbing the mirror when feeling a little anxious.
"The information I've gotten so far is that the great master is a noble of the Moretti family! Your name, like on our previous planet, is Klein Moretti. Don't you have a very good name great master?"
The same name... What does this mean?
It all made more sense if he had a different name. The same name, face and family.... Is this him in another life?
"Yes, it's a good name."
"Right now, we are at the residence of the Henituse family, one of the wealthy nobles in the Roan Kingdom. The Henituse and Moretti families have quite a good relationship, and you are now under their protection. Great master, would you like to know why you woke up here instead of at the Moretti family mansion?"
"Yes, I would like to know."
The answer Arrodes gave was not what Klein expected. In another universe, the Moretti family was a poor family that started to have a decent life when Klein worked as a Nighthwak, but not long after, Klein died, leaving Benson and Melissa to continue their lives on their own.
In this universe, the Moretti family was a noble family who lived a decent life, but suffered a terrible tragedy when an assassination took place. Benson and Melissa could not be saved despite Klein's best efforts to protect them. The remaining servants brought their young master who was still possible to save to Henituse County for help.
In this universe, Klein Moretti was left for dead by his two siblings.
"Ugh... Uhuk"
His chest suddenly hurt after Klein tried to use his flame magic. Even though the power that he released was not that much, but the side effects were excruciating.
After experiencing the pain of frequently using divination on artifacts to find out the original power of the object, Klein was still not used to the pain he experienced.
He still had time to push Arrodes to another side of the bed before his body fell to the floor. Klein could hear the sound of his own body hitting the floor, but he could not do anything but groan in pain.
Damn it! why did it feel more excruciating than all the things he did before?
Another set of footsteps entered the room. Instead of the old Butler from earlier, Klein could feel delicate fingers touching his face.
"Do not lose your consciousness"
That emotionless voice rang in his ears. Klein nodded slowly, trying to swallow all his pain without losing consciousness.
"I've called for another priest. Don't worry, you'll be fine."
Klein could not help but clutch the hand that was touching him. For some reason, it felt very painful right now. His body seemed to be burning bit by bit, Klein was worried that he would lose control right away, but he realised that he did not feel anything coming out of his body except blood.
Is this a side effect of him trying to use his own powers? Is there something sealing the power in his body?
Wait...
Seal?
If the power is indeed being sealed, there must be a way to break the seal. And again... There was one thing Klein wanted to prove right now.
Pa!
Exerting every last ounce of strength he had, Klein reapplied the flame magic that was the main source of his suffering. In the next second, Klein Moretti lost all consciousness.
__
Cale Henituse had just returned from Bilos' place after confirming that Choi Han really existed in this world. Today, even after Cale had tried to prevent the tragedy from happening in Harris village, it still happened.
Information about the tragedy in Harris village this morning arrived along with other news about the Moretti family. The Knight who managed to save himself from the attack there relayed everything he knew.
The knight didn't get to see Choi Han and his glory while eliminating all the members of the secret organization. That made Choi Han keep coming to Henituse County with the same method as in the novel. His mental health also made Choi han unable to interact properly when dealing with soldiers who asked for his identity.
Everything remains the same as the plot in the novel.
And Cale henituse, Kim Roksoo, did not intend to live as in the novel. All the information there would be used as mere primary information, but it could not prevent Cale from doing whatever he wanted to do.
"Young master, I received information that young lord Klein is awake. Ron is informing the lord-nim about this and I believe that you also have the right to know. Would you like to see young master Klein first?"
Hans eagerly informed his young master about the situation of their guest. Honestly, Cale didn't really care. Incidents like this could happen in the real world, but it was not written down by the novelist because they thought that it had nothing to do with the main character, Choi Han.
"I'll just say hello for a moment"
"Alright!"
Cale walked casually towards the room occupied by Klein Moretti. The tranquility in their mansion was shattered when one of the female servants who had appeared from inside Klein Moretti's room came out screaming in panic.
As their eyes met, the servant quickly explained the situation.
"Young master! Young master Klein, I don't know what happened, but- but he fell off the bed and coughed up blood! He looks like he's in a lot of pain!"
The servant looked like she was about to cry from fright. Hans and Cale were equally shocked by this news.
"Call the priest as soon as possible. Hans, tell Ron and my father about this too"
"Yes, young master!"
Cale quickly stepped into Klein Moretti's room, finding the young man just as the servant had described him.
The young man coughed loudly, his eyes already teary from the pain in his body.
Cale supported the younger body, letting his blood stain Cale's clothes.
He didn't know what exactly happened, but the reaction Klein Moretti gave this time was really bad. His body was convulsing and he did not stop coughing while bleeding. Poison... Did someone poison this child? At the Henituse residence?
"Klein... "
Pa!
Cale saw a very weak flame coming out of Klein Moretti's palm. The atmosphere was suddenly silent as Cale saw the magic.
The brown Irish met his eyes, Klein stared at the young man for a moment before the body in Cale's hands began to fall weakly.
"Young master!"
"Cale!"
Deruth, Ron and the priest brought by Hans began to arrive. They stared in panic as Klein Moretti did not move at all in Cale's hands.
His body feeling cold, and Cale was still silent.
"Young master Cale, please don't worry, young master Klein can still be saved"
The voice of the priest brought Cale back to reality. Ron lifted Klein Moretti's body onto the bed for immediate treatment while Deruth helped Cale to stand up.
"My son, are you okay?"
"Yes."
Cale looked at the pale face of Klein Moretti. Black hair, a color that was quite rare in this world. Magic. Cale henituse was not a mage, but he was sure that what he had seen was magic.
It was just a small fire that even the existence of it could not hurt anyone, there was no strange feeling around them when it happened either. Klein Moretti... What exactly did this young man want to do?
__
Despite being full of terror, Cale managed to bring Choi Han to the Henituse residence. His original plan was to get so drunk that everyone could see that he was drunk, but that plan was canceled because of what happened today.
Cale only drank a little and then went here and there with his bottle of alcohol, fooling everyone he met with his drunken behavior. True to the description in the novel, Cale managed to find the two cats that were the cause of Choi han slipping and injuring his own leg.
The young man finally agreed to go with Cale after he found out that Cale was easy enough to kill if he had bad intentions. Even with an injured leg, Cale was not sure if he could run away from Choi han.
"Hans, is young master Klein still unconscious?"
"Young Master Klein regained consciousness a few minutes ago. Priest said that he is not sure why young master Klein had such a severe reaction right after he woke up. The tentative conclusion is that it was a side effect of the severe trauma young master Klein experienced" Hans' tone was filled with emotion.
"I'd like to clean myself up in my room before coming to greet young master Klein. Inform him that I'm coming and bring Choi Han to the front of my room when he's finished eating and cleaning up. "
"Yes young master!" Hans excitedly went away from Cale to do his duty.
Cale let out a long sigh... If only he wasn't worried about Klein's arrival that could broke the peace in the Henituse family, Cale wouldn't have troubled himself like this.
Notes:
You know what i want to see the most when i scroll lotm edit on tikt0k? The one edit with the song "I'll let the world burn for you".. Yeah that one.
I can see that for cale bcs our cale and his big family is just so cute and scary.
But i realised that is different case with klein. I didn't see anyone would burn the world for him if he died. Leonard? Idk..
I also need audrey as my mental therapist because I'm not okay after reading lotm.
Chapter 3: Getting Help
Chapter Text
"Why do you want to kill yourself?"
Klein was silent when he heard the question. Cale Henituse, the eldest son of the Henituse family asked in a cold tone. There was no sympathy given, it all sounded like Klein Moretti had just done something stupid that would trouble everyone.
"Trying to prove something. Sorry for making a scene."
Although he felt like lying, Klein had a feeling that he could not fool the young master in front of him. And since Klein did need a place to rest for a while, it was a good idea to earn the trust of the house owner.
Being honest was the first way to gain the trust of others.
"Don't do that again"
Klein smiled. Although the tone used by the young man in front of him was too cold, Klein liked the way Cale Henituse tried to protect his family.
Ah... Family.
"I don't expect to do it again. Don't worry."
"Alright. Rest well, and good night."
"Good night to you too, young master Cale."
After making sure Cale and the other two were completely gone from his room, Klein smiled happily. He was so happy that he could not stop himself from smiling.
His theory about his power being sealed was correct. And by courting the death, this seal that guarded his power would be opened little by little. Klein could feel that he was now the Beyonder sequence 9, the seer pathway!
With his powers being sealed, Klein also felt he could breathe better without having to force himself to act like human in order to fight his godhood. Everything suddenly felt lighter.
It was easier to feel happiness, sadness, fear and pain. All the things that humans naturally felt now he felt again. This was the first time Klein felt happy just because he was hungry.
As for the issue of when he could return and what the current situation of his world was, Klein knew he could not help much about that. The important lesson he learned from his second life as Klein Moretti was not to get his hopes up about going home.
The reason why Zhou Mingrui could become Klein Moretti was the wish of Celestial Worthy.
And now, the Klein Moretti in this other dimensions must also be present for the reason of a powerful deity, whoever that may be.
There was nothing good about rushing into things. The important thing for him to do right now was to make the best use of his time to live well and find the answers behind the mystery of his latest transmigration. After all, he was half the lord of mysteries. It was only natural to solve the mystery itself, right?
"Alright. Let's do what a Seer can do"
__
"You've seen it, right?"
When opening the door to Klein's room, Cale deliberately left a little time for Choi Han to see who was in there.
Ever since Cale met him after cleaning up, Choi han had been asking what he could do to repay Cale for his help.
His initial intention is to ask Choi han to leave as soon as possible had to be postponed after seeing Klein Moretti's state.
The boy looked too calm after try to kill himself. Cale was sure that Klein really wanted to kill himself and the attempt is success because he could feel the young man's heartbeat die in the second after the fire in his palm was extinguished.
Klein Moretti was truly dead and then live again afterward.
Klein's reaction also told Cale that he also knew that he would come back to life after his death. Klein probably just wanted to test whether or not he could come back to life after the experiment.
He knew that Cale knew about the secret.
Is this some kind of little deal?
Cale smiled. As expected, someone who managed to survive a family murder is not someone who is ordinary. It could be that Klein was actually dead as well, but he came back to life before the servants managed to take him away.
"Yes, Cale-nim. Is he your little brother?"
"Cousin."
Cale and Choi han entered Cale's study. He allowed Choi han to look around the room before the young man sat in front of him.
"Is the fee for your services related to young master Klein?"
Clever. Cale praised Choi han's speed in understanding his point.
"Yes. But before that, I have to ask you about what you can do. This is an interview."
"Okay. Please ask."
"Can you protect someone?"
"... "
Choi Han fell silent. Cale had anticipated this reaction.
"Can you kill other people?"
"Of course."
"Then, you can also protect others"
"... That's... Those are two different things."
Without looking at Choi Han, Cale made himself comfortable on the sofa while thinking about his plan.
"Why? Nothing is impossible if you keep trying to do things you believe you can do"
The first plan was to make Choi Han observe Klein Moretti for protective reasons.
"You're right. Cale-nim, if you want me to protect young master Klein, I can do it"
"There's no need to be by his side all the time. Just make sure that you're there if anything bad happens. This deal ends once he decides what he wants to do."
"Okay."
Cale did not want anyone to interfere with him when he about to take the ancient power. It would be better to keep Choi Han busy with Klein and the Molan duo busy with their own problems. Even if Ron or Vicross knew what he was doing, there was no reason for them to prevent Cale from taking the power for himself.
__
"What do you want to do after this? Klein, I know that you just woke up last night, but I hope you can understand the situation."
Klein nodded in understanding, giving a friendly smile to Deruth, the leader of Henituse County.
This middle-aged man had already informed him that he would support whatever decision Klein wanted regarding the leadership of Moretti County.
"Honestly, I have no intention of becoming the next lord."
There were too many troublesome things about being a count. After he saw the result of the divination on how to open the seal that entangled his heart and its power, Klein discovered a new fact from his courting death. What should he do about this problem is only to perform the 'act' just like he had done in the past. The difference is, Klein did not need to drink potions to advance to the next sequence.
Well, he couldn't be sure because the divination of a seer is not as clear as what ordinary people think.
In addition to the method of continuously pushing himself to the limit, Klein believed that by acting, he would quickly digest the potion. He could not freely act as a seer if he chose to become a count.
Another reason was that Klein was not sure how long he would be here. Klein could not simply leave the lives of the people in Moretti County if he later had the chance to return to his own world.
"But lord-nim, if I decide to step down, won't the royal court start negotiating about who the next lord will be? They have the ultimate say in this matter, right?"
"Yes. If you decide to surrender, the royal representatives currently in Moretti county will select the next lord candidate. Not only must they all be tested for quality, they must also win the hearts of the people."
The only thing that worried Klein at the moment was that the monarchy had failed to find the best candidate. Or, even if the candidate was the perfect one, who won over the royal ministers and the citizens of Moretti County, they would show their tyrannical behavior after gaining the power.
Klein preferred to protect all the people of Moretti County with his own hands, but there was always a moment when he had to trust in the abilities of others.
"Lord-nim, I'm worried about the candidate in question. My selfish decision to not continue Benson's previous leadership will only benefit me, not our people. At the very least, before I leave, I want to make sure that they get a wise leader."
Klein could see Deruth's friendly smile. There was no look of disappointment there, Deruth did not insult Klein for his selfish decision.
"Klein, sometimes, selfishness is necessary. Isn't that the human thing to do? This is your life. You have the right to decide where you want to go. Letting go of responsibility when you are given the chance to breathe is not wrong"
...
Klein was silent. Arrodes had already informed him a little about the Henituse family. One of them was the fact that all of the children in this family did not fight for the title of family heir. Cale Henituse, the person he met last night, had no intention of becoming the next lord even though he was the eldest son of the family.
Basen Henituse, the second son and future heir of the family had never done anything to earn the title either. The boy just did whatever his father told him to do.
The Henituse family was truly a dream noble family.
"My lord, before the new count is determined, can you help me to find the best candidate? I will repay your service by serving the Henituse family."
Deruth was silent for a moment, quite surprised by what Klein said. The middle-aged man let out a long sigh, Klein had a feeling that this Count was going to lecture him at length.
"My dear, I told you before, whatever your choice is, I will support it. Naturally, I will also help to find a new candidate to lead Moretti County. Just focus on yourself during your recovery. That's the best pay I can get."
Klein was at a loss for words. Unlike when Zhou Mingrui transmigrated into Klein Moretti, he had the memories of the body's owner. But his transmigration this time did not come with the memories of the previous Klein.
The current Klein only knew that Deruth had a debt of gratitude to the Moretti family of some generation, but that debt of gratitude seemed to be quite large because Deruth's actions this time were too kind.
"My lord, I'm not used to getting this much help from someone. Please, allow me to repay your favor with my own ability. At the very least, I will make sure that my presence here will not disturb you in the slightest."
Klein did not know how stubborn Deruth Henituse was. But, Klein could be more persistent than anyone if he really wanted.
Chapter 4: Suspicion
Notes:
Oh, I didn't really expect that there would be some people waiting for this story to update... I hope this chapter doesn't disappoint you!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Klein smiled warmly as he looked at the Henituse family who escorted him to the front of the castle.
On the same day that he decided what needed to be done for the future of Moretti County, Klein chose to go home and take care of the funerals of Benson and Melissa. He had no intention of delaying the resting of his siblings' bodies.
"I'm sorry that we couldn't be there in person" Deruth expressed his regret.
All of the Henituse family members had their own schedules that could not be changed. Klein certainly had no problem with this. Those who were willing to help him in his grief had already made Klein happy.
"My lord, there is no need to apologize. I also understand your situation. I will return to Henituse castle once everything is settled."
"I have sent a message to the royal representative there. He will help you with everything that is rightfully yours even if you don't want to become a lord. I hope your journey doesn't encounter any problems."
"Thank you. I will make sure that I can be of use to your family in the future, Count-nim."
Klein said his final greetings and waved goodbye to them all before getting into the carriage.
"Choi han, thank you for accompanying me on this journey."
"No need to thank me, I'm just doing my job. You can relax without worrying about whatever happens on the way, young master Klein."
Klein just nodded, closed his eyes and acted as if he really wanted to rest.
Choi Han...
Korean...
This kid didn't even try to hide the fact that he wasn't from the same world as them. Transmigrator? But Choi Han wasn't living under someone else's identity. The results of his divination also showed Choi Han who suddenly appearing in a forest filled with monsters.
Not a reincarnator either.
Klein was not surprised by the fact that there were other transmigrators in this world. After all, he had met Roselle, Amanise and the Ancient sun god. This kind of thing was not impossible.
The conclusion Klein could come to about his existence after Choi Han was...
This child had failed.
Choi han failed to fulfill the wishes of the gods, making 'Him' who was in charge of this transmigration event choose a new person to save the world.
Are there other transmigrators besides Klein and Choi han? Most likely, yes.
Klein doesn't really want to dig into the identity of every transmigrator in this world. But, if they could all work together, Klein was sure they would produce something extraordinary. All transmigrators from his world ended up becoming gods, and this was not impossible to happen in other worlds as well.
A transmigrator was a main character in a story whether they recognized it or not.
Klein began to question other things. One of them was... If Choi Han did fail, why does his current personality look so innocent? He already knew the tragedy that happened in Harris village, where Choi Han lived. The mass murder happened a few days before the Moretti family murder.
In other words, there was no big reason for Choi Han to be labeled a 'failure' to the point that 'Him' who was in charge, decided to bring others into this world.
A regressor?
Klein opened his eyes, noticing Choi han who was sitting up straight, his eyes looking at the window to make sure there was nothing dangerous around them.
"Choi han"
"Yes, young master Klein?"
"What do you think will happen in the future after this tragedy?" Klein asked, using his and Choi han's past as the flow of the conversation.
"I don't know for sure. But, what I want to do is find out information about the secret organization and avenge all the villagers." Klein shuddered at the look in those eyes. There was a hint of madness there, making Klein worried about this young man's mental health. Was there no therapist in this world?
"Young master, what about you? What do you want to do?"
Klein was silent for a moment. There were too many things he wanted to do, but his top priority was to find a way to communicate with the entities in this world.
"Unlike you, I am just an ordinary young man who happens to have noble blood. Although I want to take my revenge on the assassins, I can't rush things. They could kill me first before I know anything"
All Klein can do now is make sure Benson and Melissa get a proper burial. He would claim all his rights, return to Henituse county, take care of the candidates of the new lord, and then take care of unsealing his power.
The journey continued until they arrived in Moretti county six hours after departure.
__
Klein placed Melissa's favorite flowers and other flowers for Benson. The funeral was over.
Attended by several relatives whose names Klein did not know, they all came to offer their condolences to the Moretti family's poor second son.
Klein, being the gentleman he is, thanked them all. Although he knew there were many people who were happy about the Moretti family's mess, at least they could still behave at the funeral. Klein also had no intention of becoming a cold-hearted nobleman.
"Young master Klein, it's starting to rain"
The funeral proceedings took place right after Klein arrived. Tonight, he was still at the cemetery with two servants along with Choi Han who never went far from Klein.
"You can come back. I still want to be here."
"Young master... You are still recovering. I recommend you to resting. Tomorrow, we must return to the Henituse residence. The royal representative also wants to see you now" The butler, who faithfully accompanied Klein began to talk about Klein Moretti's schedule.
Sigh...
He just wanted a few quiet moments. At the same time, he wanted to see if there were any spirits wandering around this cemetery.
"Ha... Alright, let's go home."
One of the servants opened his umbrella, shielding Klein from the rain that began to soak the earth. If only he had never lived as tycoon Dwayne Dante, maybe this was a bit much for him.
__
Cale Henituse let out a long sigh after he walked out of his father's study. Basen's remark about there being no reason for Cale not to go to the capital made his head hurt a little bit.
His two years of hard work to show the world that Basen Henituse was the most perfect young man to become the next lord was a bit shaky because the boy was still happy to give the title to Cale if Cale really wanted it.
Deruth had said that lately, it's always been Basen representing the family, which is why his father wants Cale to attend Capital this year.
But that's the fucking point! Precisely, since Basen was the one who kept attending noble events as the representative of the Henituse family, why was Deruth still thinking of sending his trash son?
When compared to the novel, Cale Henituse is not present in Capital. The main reason is probably because this young man is still injured after being beaten by Choi Han. And the current Cale had no reason not to go because he was fine.
Choi Han didn't beat him up in this timeline.
Besides, Cale also remembered about the tragedy that happened in Roan Capital during this time. He couldn't have run away when he knew Basen would be in a dangerous situation.
If Basen died, who would be the next lord?!
He could also cooperate with Choi Han to ensure that the young man remained the hero of the Roan kingdom, but without the death of many people around him. After all, the author of the birth of a hero gave too many details in their novel about this incident. Cale could figure out everything based on the novel's storyline, he just needed to prepare another plan in case there was a butterfly effect after his transmigration in this world.
And Klein Moretti was also present as a representative of the Moretti family. Deruth also informed Cale and Basen that their crown prince, Alberu Crossman, sent a special invitation to Klein. They would probably discuss the next lord of the region.
Deruth hoped that Cale and Klein could go to the Capital together.
Sigh. He had to quickly get his ancient power while waiting for Choi Han to return. If the situation was already like this, Cale also had to start his own plan to make sure everything would be fine.
Walking leisurely towards the slum while carrying a sack of food in his hand, Cale suddenly felt that this action really supported his acting as a trash.
A slum is a place where people from the bottom of society live by doing whatever they can without caring much about the consequences. And here was Cale Henituse, with a sack of food, walking without giving anything to those who looked in need.
Very trashy, right?
The red-haired youth looked at the two little kids who had been bothering him lately. Well, at least they were smart enough not to say anything about it while keeping people from approaching Cale while he was in front of the man eating tree.
As usual, Cale gave the two food as a reward for their cleverness.
But, unlike usual, the girl who always played the role of receiving the food was now silent. Cale immediately called out to the younger one to quickly take their food as he noticed the girl's leg was injured.
"It's the last day" He said briefly before leaving towards the man eating tree.
Sigh, even after several sacks, the color of the hole in this tree still hadn't changed to his liking. Had he not been a noble child, Cale might have had a hard time finding money and buying large amounts of food. He was also more fortunate that the Henituse family never wondered where Cale spent his allowance.
Heck, Deruth would probably feel happier when he knew his son was buying food instead of alcohol.
"Food! Give me more food!"
The voice from inside this tree hole was also getting more and more terrifying. The commands seemed to be pressuring Cale that if he didn't get more food soon, the tree would eat him instead.
"Tsk, impatient"
"I-! I-! I promise to give you a reward if you bring me another delicious meal!"
A bright smile appeared on the young man's face. At least Cale could hear what he wanted to hear from the spirit in this tree.
"Alright. I'll be back with more food."
The mission to obtain ancient power: Almost a success!
Notes:
I am not trying to take away Cale's privilege as Choi Han's liege just because Klein is here.
The interaction of Klein and Choi han is for the sake of my own story.I AM NOT THAT KIND OF AUTHOR.
What is Choi han without Cale anyway?
Canon divergent in this story is bcs I will make Klein have his new family. Mf just like to be alone to the point I miss the gentleman side of his.
Chapter Text
"I didn't expect you to be the type who likes pets. Young master Cale, they're adorable"
"Those two who followed me first"
"Is that so? You guys are very lucky to come to the Henituse family."
"Tsk."
Cale just shook his head when he saw other cat lovers besides Hans to frolic together with the two children of the cat tribe. Ever since Klein Moretti returned from his home, the young man had immediately noticed the presence of the two cats who liked to run around the castle or together with Hans to ask for food.
This afternoon, Cale was enjoying his leisure time in one of the garden when Klein arrived with Ohn and Hong in his arms.
The young man's smile was too bright, making Cale look away from his face.
"In the past, I once knew one cat who was very ordinary. But he was also a cat I really liked."
Feeding bits and pieces of the food in his hand to the two overactive cats, Klein continued to tell his story, not really caring if Cale wanted to hear it or not.
It had been a long time since Klein had talked about normal things like a normal human. He did not want to waste the opportunity to keep getting to know himself.
"I often give him food and take my time to look after him. But, unlike these two little siblings, he's a very standoffish cat. He doesn't even want me to touch him. If I accidentally touch him, even if it's just for a moment, he'll immediately lick himself. Sigh... That cat is really hard to understand."
Klein smiled as he recalled the black cat that he had not seen since the farewell on that day.
As he said, the two cats that were now playing in his lap could be said to be more friendly cats.
"Why do you keep playing with a cat that doesn't want to be with you? I'm even more clueless about the actions of cat lovers like you" Cale decided to interfere a little from this cat conversation. Besides, Cale really did not understand Hans' attitude towards Ohn and Hong, as well as the other cats.
How could someone fall in love with a little animal and decide they would give away everything they had just because these cats were adorable?
"Just because they keep avoiding affection doesn't mean they don't need it. Gaining a cat's trust is hard enough, but once you've earned it, they can act a lot more adorable than they look"
Ohn jumped from Klein's shoulder to Cale's lap, causing the red-head to shift his position slightly so Ohn could get comfortable. The cat tribe girl decided to sleep on Cale's lap.
"If you like cats so much, why not keep one for yourself?"
Cale could see that Klein was showing a bright smile that did not match his mood. There was a strange feeling in his heart when he saw that smile.
"I'm not someone who deserves to be an owner. I don't dare to take on that great responsibility. So, so far, all I can do is make sure that I give proper food to every animal I meet."
Not really wanting to understand what Klein's problem was, Cale looked up at the clear sky today.
His heartbeat felt so comfortable after successfully obtaining the ancient power he wanted. Choi Han had been given his main task to find Rosalyn and Lark later when they were separated on the road.
The only remaining problem before they got to the capital was about the little dragon that was still in custody.
"We leave in three days. Have you prepared everything?"
"There are still some things to discuss with the count-nim. But the thing I want to do now is buy new clothes. Do you have any recommendations for stores here?"
"No idea. I just wear the things that are provided."
Klein laughed. The young man lifted Hong's body and gave it to Cale who was now looking at him confused.
"Young master Cale"
"What?"
"Hmm... Congratulations on successfully gaining your new powers."
..
Silence. Both Klein and Cale remained silent. One wondered if he looked different because of his new power, while the other smiled happily because his divination was successful.
"Tsk. This isn't anything out of the ordinary"
"May I know whether your power has any side effects or not?"
Cale was silent. He did not know why Klein was asking this, but Cale did not find any ill will in the question.
"Just like a sword. If you use it correctly, then you can become a great knight. If you use it in the wrong way, it can break and your life will be in danger."
Cale could see the young man before him smiling again. But this time, it seemed much more sincere than the previous one.
"I am grateful. Young master Cale, I hope your power can help you with whatever you want to do in the future. Please, excuse me"
Klein bowed politely before leaving the still silent Cale, with Ohn and Hong on his lap. The two children of the cat tribe were not completely asleep, they were still listening to the conversation of the two young nobles.
"He knows that we are not ordinary cats"
"Oh?"
Cale did not expect this to happen so quickly. The identity of these two cats being known by Ron was not a surprise. But, Klein? Cale remembered that the existence of the cat tribe in the western continent was very few. Only those who had interacted with the cat tribe or the people of the Eastern continent could know the identity of the disguised cat tribe so quickly.
"Did something sad happen to him? For some reason, I felt so sad when he told me about that cat"
"He feels so sad even after smiling like that"
Ohn and Hong began to express their opinions about Klein Moretti.
"Everyone has their own story. I'm sure he'll be fine"
__
"Young master Cale?"
"Are you alone?"
"Ah yes, I told them that I wanted to go alone today"
Just as he had said, Klein had indeed told all his servants that he wanted to go alone. They were quite worried about their master who had the possibility of getting lost in new territory, but Klein reasoned that he would not go too far.
After all, Klein, a Seer, could not possibly get lost. He had also bought a new pendant, making it easier for himself to act like a normal seer.
Though, Klein had to be careful. He still did not know what the Seers of this era were called. He also did not want to be the center of attention too soon. Until Klein managed to gather more information, he had to be careful of anything that had to do with the lifestyle in his world.
This afternoon, he planned to see the legendary tree that had been mentioned several times by the servants around him. The tree that was said to have 'suddenly' appeared out of nowhere. Everyone in the area described the tree as a very holy-looking tree.
The time between the tree's appearance and Cale Henituse gaining his new powers was not far away. Klein just wanted to confirm a few things before going shopping.
Who would have thought that he would meet the eldest son of the Henituse family here instead?
"Young master Cale, are you enjoying some tea?"
"You want me to come with you?"
"Ahahaha, i see... young master is a person who does not like small talk. You're right, I would like to take you out to enjoy a meal here. I think this action will help me a little to get back into a better mood"
Cale saw no reason to refuse Klein's request. He was here to talk with Bilos and did not have anything scheduled afterwards.
"Okay."
Klein smiled, walking as he approached one bakery after another with Cale in tow.
Everyone looked quite scared when they saw Cale's arrival, but Klein always managed to distract them all by commenting on how delicious the food was.
"Wow, this is really delicious"
The two of them arrived at one of the restaurants. They were on the second floor which was already deserted because Cale asked them all to leave. Surely the red head had paid the rent.
Klein, back with his dish, could not stop commenting. This was truly the most delicious dish he had ever tasted after the Henituse family's meal.
"Doesn't compare to Vicross" Cale commented after enjoying his meal as well.
"Vicross?"
"Our chef. He's the one whose cooking we eat every day."
Klein was suddenly silent. Of all the chefs he had seen at Henituse castle in the past three days, there was only one chef whose appearance did not match his work. He was also the person Klein remembered the most, especially after his encounter last night.
"Vicross is that tall man who's kind of creepy? He was so pale."
"Yes."
"He's Ron's son? Your personal butler?"
"You know about it?"
Klein began to recount the events of last night. At that time, he woke up thirsty and hungry. Klein intended to cook his own meal in the kitchen without asking anyone for help. After all, there was no prohibition for guests to cook in the kitchen.
But who would have thought that a chef would still be in his kitchen at midnight?
Klein was one hundred percent sure that Vicross would throw a butcher knife at him the moment Klein opened the kitchen door. He also forbade Klein to interfere in the kitchen and asked him to sit down and wait for the food to be served.
That same night, Ron came to the kitchen to invite his son back.
There, Klein learned about the identity of these two creepy people as a father and son pair without having to ask Arrodes.
"He's creepy" Cale commented after he heard the story. No matter how often Cale saw Vicross, it didn't mean that the dark aura of the man had diminished.
"Oh. Did you know that Ron was an assassin? Well, more accurately, a former assassin?"
The question made Cale pause. He stared at the dark-haired youth before him calmly. Klein acted as if he had just asked what kind of weather was in the sky right now, not Ron's identity.
"It has nothing to do with me. As long as Ron is a servant in our family, he will act like one"
"Isn't it a good thing for people like you to have Ron as a servant? He can protect you"
"He can also kill us"
"Assassins don't completely kill just because they want to. Besides the fact that they are in that line of work, they also prefer to live where they feel safe. As long as they are comfortable, they will use any means to protect that life."
Well, Klein remembered the sequence after the assassin in some beyonder pathway that he was very familiar with. The witch, who can change the gender of a man into a woman.
Wait, does this world also have powers similar to Demonese?
"You seem quite familiar with their situation"
Hearing the calm response from Cale, Klein only smiled gently.
"Well, I'm looking for information about the perpetrators of Benson and Melissa's murders. In order to find out who the culprit is, wouldn't it be better to understand the background of their lives and predict where they would go after committing the crime? Well, of course this could be seen as a waste of time. But what can I do? It's better to do this than to fall into sadness."
Cale nodded in understanding. Being left behind by a precious person in your life is not something that is easy to accept.
Moving on is something that is easier said than done.
For those who are still alive, all that can be done is to continue living the best life possible without too many regrets.
"You're doing something useful"
"Haha, really? I'm grateful that you said that."
The two young masters continued to enjoy their meal and talk casually. Who would have thought that the two would become close in such a short time?
Notes:
Did someone read the web novel of Margrave's bastard son is the emperor?
The novel is just so beautifull for me
Chapter Text
Today was the departure day of Cale Henituse and Klein Moretti. Everyone in Henituse County was busy preparing everything that would be brought along with their young master to the capital.
Klein was quietly waiting for Cale's arrival when he heard some voices coming from the knights on duty today. They probably wouldn't have thought that Klein could hear all those conversations from quite a distance. But, Klein Moretti, a sequence 9 beyonder who was digesting his potion, had a pretty sharp ear.
"That kid really became the personal knight of young master Cale?"
"Sigh, I know that he's strong, but deciding this kind of thing in such a short time isn't it a bit too much? Is Count Deruth not worried about his son's safety?"
"That child looks fine now. But who knows what his true attitude will be on the way to the capital?"
"Did you see when he was undergoing the strength test that day? He looked like a madman! He must have lost his mind before young master Cale brought him here!"
... They were all talking about Choi Han getting a new job. Well, this kind of thing was inevitable. They were knights who had been in the Henituse family residence for quite some time to serve the family's life.
They also worked hard to be in this position.
But, sometimes, there are always people with natural talent who can beat them all in a short time.
Klein did not blame them for having quite bad assumptions about Choi Han. But, Klein also disagreed with what they said.
Choi han was still sane enough to keep doing his job well. In fact, a person like Choi han, who worked because he wanted to return the favor, would do his job much better than all of them.
Another truth was the fact that it was Cale Henituse himself who asked Choi han to become his knight, Deruth had only obeyed the wishes of his eldest son. The Count of Henituse County had faith in the other knights' abilities if Choi Han did anything wrong.
"Why are you staying here?" Cale asked after seeing Klein who was just standing there instead of going to their carriage.
"Hmm, I guess Choi Han doesn't have a good relationship with other knights"
Cale joined in staring at the few knights who were gathered. When they realized Cale and Klein were staring in their direction, everyone immediately dispersed after bowing respectfully to the two young masters.
"Leave it alone. They can't do anything but talk"
"Heh, you are a very cool young master!"
"What are you talking about? Hurry up and get into the carriage"
"Okay."
Before the two could get into the carriage, Hans came out of the carriage after making sure that Ohn and Hong had a comfortable place to rest. His face was so happy as he showed off the luxurious cushions he had provided for the two cats.
"Why does the cushion look so much more luxurious than my seat?"
"Eiy, young master, everything in this carriage is the personal choice of the countess! There can be no shortage of luxury provided" Klein didn't know if Hans didn't realize that his master was just being sarcastic or if Hans had a habit of replying to everything anyone said to him.
The younger one chose to focus on the cushion that was being discussed.
"They seem to like it. Good job Hans" Klein said while patting Hans gently on the shoulder.
"Ah! Young Master Klein, it feels like this Hans' heart is filled with blossoming flowers after hearing this praise! Indeed, only you understand that these two cats deserve royalty as well!"
"Hahaha, I'm afraid that I can't work as well as you when dealing with cats. Be patient, I'm sure that they won't claw you anytime soon when you want to touch one of them"
Cale could no longer stand the conversation between the two cat lovers and decided to pull Klein into the carriage.
After he got to know Klein Moretti, the one thing that impressed him the most was the talent of this young man to keep responding to everyone's nonsense. This kid could really talk to anyone for a long time even if their conversation was inconsequential.
They all departed not long after the two young masters entered the carriage.
"They're from the cat tribe. This one is Ohn, and the other one is Hong"
Klein, who was paying great attention to the details of the gold coin in his hand looked confused at Cale and the two cats next to him.
He knew that these two cats were not ordinary cats, but he just knew about that. Klein did not even ask Arrodes because he wanted to respect the wishes of the person concerned.
But now, Cale, was giving him this information? For what reason?
"They want to meet and greet you" Cale, who was smart enough to know the question that was on Klein's mind, answered it casually.
"Hello Klein! I really loves Cake! Can you bring me Cake next time?"
"Hello Klein, thank you for saving us from Hans. That guy often goes overboard when taking care of us."
Hong and Ohn took turns to greet Klein who was too shocked to respond.
"They can talk?! "
".. Huh?"
This time, Cale was also surprised. Klein Moretti knew that these two were not ordinary cats, but did not know that they were the children of the cat tribe?
What was the meaning of that question? Cale had already said that they were members of the cat tribe, of course they could talk!
"You don't know about the cat tribe?"
"No, I don't. I knew they were different because their spiritual energy was not like a normal cat, but I didn't think the cat tribe existed. Do they have human forms too?"
Isn't this amazing? The system was similar to the mythical creature that every demigod had! Klein remembered his tentacles which were still quite difficult to control.
This world had beast races? To what extent? Did they have an ant race too?
"Spiritual energy?"
"Yes. I can see the spiritual energy of every living thing. That can help me to distinguish who is human and who is not. It can also help me to see the aura on their bodies. Whether they are in a bad mood or a good mood, I can also see whether there is something wrong in their body or not. This is the reason why I can tell when you've just gotten a new power."
Since Cale Henituse had decided to give out a bit of information that he had not told the others, Klein felt it was only natural to give him information as well.
Information that didn't really change anything even if other people knew about it.
Oh, since he was back in sequence 9, Klein had to touch his glabella again every time he wanted to activate spirit vision.
"Wow! That's awesome nya!"
Hong replied happily when he heard the brief explanation. Ohn on the other hand, seemed to want to ask something.
Cale? The young man just nodded in affirmation. He was quite satisfied because he finally knew why Klein could know his power. If this only happened because Klein himself had a special ability, it meant that others could not know the ancient power that Cale had as long as he did not show it to the world.
"My power is one of the ancient powers whose information I accidentally found in one of the history books." Cale also explained a little about his power so as not to confuse Klein.
Their conversation continued to discuss the existence of every beast tribe Cale knew. Klein was glad that he was with someone so knowledgeable. It had been a long time since he had talked about something useful to him.
The conversation stopped when Ohn ventured to ask a question.
".. Klein, I always see you carrying that antique mirror. Is it something that has something unique too?"
Klein was silent. To this point, everyone already knew that Klein had a hobby of carrying Arrodes wherever he went. Everyone just thought that Klein had a hobby to make sure that his face was fine wherever he was.
Well, they are not entirely wrong. Klein does use Arrodes like any other mirror.
However, he often asked the mirror if he needed information.
Did he have to share this information too?
Hmm... Seeing the path his future would take, introducing Arrodes to Cale and the two children was not a bad thing. After all, he had a great debt of gratitude to the Henituse family. Cale should at least know that he could also be useful and have the opportunity to return the favor to the family.
Taking out Arrodes from inside his outfit, Klein showed off Arrodes to his three audience members. With a bright smile, Klein began to act as if he was a magician even though he was still a seer.
"Mirror mirror in my hand, oh, the great mirror! Please introduce yourself to our three audience members."
After gently stroking the mirror in his hand, Cale, Ohn and Hong began to see the changes in the mirror. What initially only looked like an antique design mirror in general, it now turned black and began to show something they never expected.
They could all see that there were many beautiful reflections of fireworks. The mirror suddenly looked very colorfull because of the large number of fireworks.
The writing began to appear after the colorful explosion was over.
"Hello friends of the great master! Arrodes greets you for the first time! Ask me a question, and I'll answer you! In return, I will ask you questions too! If you lie or don't want to answer! The great Arrodes will punish you severely! These are the rules of our game!"
Before any of the three of them subconsciously asked something, Klein directly spoke to Arrodes.
"They will ask at another time. I just wanted to introduce you to them."
"This puny and loyal servant of yours is honored that you would introduce me to all of them. Great master, are you pleased?"
"Yes. I am pleased."
"You may ask me!"
Klein smiled, still finding it amusing whenever Arrodes showed it to the world who is actually the person it served.
This mirror always acted like it never embarrassed anyone with it silly questions.
"I would like to give one of them a chance to ask a question."
"Whatever you want I will do! One free question for one of you!"
As if it had eyes, Cale and the two cats in his hands felt that Arrodes was staring at the three of them.
"You're the one who has been giving information to Klein?"
Cale looked at Klein with disbelief. Had he not had the mindset that this world was a fantasy world where anything could happen, Cale would have questioned his sanity right now.
"Not about everything. The great master is a very smart person! He prefers to search for information on his own when he has the time. Cale Henituse, you should be grateful that the great master is on your side right now!"
"Ahahaha, sorry, it does like to overdo it."
Right after they all read the answer from Arrodes, Klein immediately put Arrodes back into its place and smiled awkwardly. This artifact knew that Klein wanted to show its usefulness to one of the Henituse family, but this was a bit much.
"Well, it looks useful"
"Yes. This is my friend."
The atmosphere in the carriage became quiet again. But instead of being in awkward mood, Klein felt very comfortable after telling them about Arrodes existence and his spirit vision.
He only hoped that Cale Henituse could understand his intentions well without any misunderstanding.
Notes:
Gehrman sparrow and his glory is awesome. But in the third volume, where Gehrman Sparrow appeared for the first time, I really missed Klein's outgoing side and just kept talking to everyone. I miss his gentlemanly side, the one who is friendly, the one who smiles easily, the one who doesn't get angry even when others are being annoying, the one who keeps entertaining every old man, the one who tolerates miss stelyn's attitude...
Chapter 7: The concept of being loved is difficult to understand
Chapter Text
Cale was still sitting relaxed when the voices of several people interrupted their journey. Through the window, the famous bandits in every fantasy novel were showing their presence.
Cale certainly wasn't worried.
Another knock on the window made Cale turn around, finding Ron smiling benignly as usual.
"Young master Cale, young master Klein, I'm sorry that your journey has been a bit interrupted. But it's the perfect time to go rabbit hunting. You were thinking the same thing weren't you?"
Cale swallowed his own saliva and nodded, letting Ron play around with the rabbit he mentioned.
Although in some novels, bandits were really a group of people who often brought great tragedy to some characters, but Cale had Ron and Vicross working as his servants. These two were even scarier than a group of bandits!
Not to mention, Choi Han seemed to want to stretch his body by beating people until they couldn't move.
All Cale could do was sit back and wait for them to finish.
"Wow, there are so many of them"
Klein who also saw the number of bandits couldn't help but comment. Although he had killed enough pirates to get their bounties, he had never directly fought with that many people at the same time. Klein strongly avoided that even though his sequence level was getting higher.
"I hope they don't take too long"
"Choi han is really awesome"
This was the first time for Klein Moretti to see Choi han's fighting style firsthand. That young man, as a sword user, was really good at fighting. Klein laughed inwardly when he realized that there were no gun that he could use for personal weapons.
Should he learn the sword too?
But Klein doubted that he could master sword techniques just because he had become a sequence 8 clown later on. Not to mention, the physical training he would have to go through would certainly be more strenuous.
Perhaps a smaller but efficient weapon? A Dagger?
Well, if given enough time, Klein is actually interested in crossbow weapons.
Just like a gun, the focus is on aiming precisely at the target. Klein was confident enough in his shooting ability that it would probably be faster to learn archery than anything else.
In this moment, his spiritual energy was triggered. Klein, who was opening the window, immediately closed it as quickly as possible. This action succeeded in preventing the arrows that were aimed at him and Cale.
"Huuu, that was close. Sorry, I shouldn't have opened the window"
"They will do it even when the windows are closed"
Everyone in the carriage was staring at the arrow stuck in the wooden window. Cale was actually quite amazed because the sharpness of this arrow was commendable. The wood used to make this carriage was not one that could easily be pierced by arrows or destroyed when the carriage fell.
The sound in the area around the chariot was silent for a while before returning to chaos, even the shouts of the knights sounded more aggressive.
Not taking too long, the battle was finally over.
Ron, who had previously pulled out the arrow at the window, opened the door quietly. His clothes still looked clean and tidy, as if he had never participated in taking out any bandits.
"Young master, you two can come out. We've set up a tent for you to rest in, Vicross is also preparing a dish for your lunch."
Cale nodded, letting Ohn, Hong and Klein out first before following the three of them out.
The tent in question was not one that was just made. In a short period of time, they all managed to build tents of a quality even better than the homes of some residents in the slums of Henituse county.
Cale grimaced when he saw that the food was rabbit meat soup. Ron..... That old man really enjoys annoying his own young master! Anything but rabbit meat please!
"Do you like it?"
Ignoring Cale's mental crisis, Klein was busy feeding the rabbit meat to Ohn and Hong. He had already noticed that Cale was too busy with his problems (read: rabbit meat) to pay much attention to the two cats that kept playing at his feet, asking for the meat.
Klein, being the gentleman he is, gave his portion of food to the two children. After all, he wasn't really hungry.
"Tsk, they have their own portion. Why are you giving them yours?" Cale stared in disbelief at the Klein bowl that Ohn and Hong now had.
The two feline tribe children did sometimes act as if Hans never gave them the food he said was nutritious.
"I can ask for more later"
"Young master Cale, are you sick? Why aren't you eating?"
Choi han, who had been busy eating soup like everyone else, now began to notice the interaction of the two young nobles.
One was feeding his portion of food to the cat, the other did not seem to be in the mood to eat anything.
Cale could only sigh when he saw Choi Han. This young man was the one who caught the rabbit! Cale was sure that Ron had purposely asked Choi han to catch the rabbit so that he could play with Cale.
"I'm not sick. Just don't feel like eating."
Choi Han was silent for a while. Trying to scrutinize the condition of both Cale and Klein with his own eyes.
"The first time seeing this kind of brutality must have a certain effect on your mood. Young master Cale, I recommend eating something sweet or warm for yourself. Young master Klein can also do the same, you haven't eaten anything since earlier"
"Eh?" Klein was not at all bothered by the brutal thing Choi han was referring to. He could eat casually after he killed a pirate in the past, this was not something that could shake the mentality of Klein Moretti.
"Thanks for the advice" Still, he was grateful for the young man's concern.
Cale on the other hand just laughed softly. First time seeing something brutal? Compared to all those bandits, he was more afraid of the existence of Ron, Vicross and Choi han themself! He couldn't eat this rabbit meat because Ron had previously told him how he hunted, killed and cleaned the rabbit's body before letting Vicross cook it in excessive detail! The old man even sounded so enthusiastic while telling the story!
"Young master, haven't any of you learned to fight? At least, learn the basics to be able to defend yourself?"
Klein wanted to answer that he had practiced fighting from a senior. He was also very good with a gun. But those two things could not be explained in his current situation.
In this body, Klein lost all the muscles he previously had. He also had not had the chance to exercise except for walking in the vast Henituse castle. He was too busy learning information about this world to do anything else.
"Ah... I haven't had the chance to hold any weapons yet. But I'm interested in archery, maybe I'll do it later if I can" Klein replied, then his eyes looked at Cale who showed a small smile.
A smile that did not look friendly.
"I don't think I have any need for that. Didn't you see all of them?"
Choi Han glanced at the place Cale had pointed to. There, all the knights were gathered to eat and rest. Although Choi han was the one who finished off the most bandits, he could not say that they were bad knights.
They were all well-trained to fight against anyone.
"They are all working to protect me. And also-"
Cale pointed at his heart. His smile brightened, he wanted to show off his ancient power a bit even though only Klein and the two cat tribe children knew the truth.
"I believe in my heart. I will live."
Klein suddenly laughed. He found what Cale said is just so adorable, especially when the choice of words was made like that. How could someone who did not even train himself say something like this so confidently?
Klein knew that the power was stored in the red head's heart. And from that little bit of information, Klein was confident enough to conclude that the power was some kind of shield. What could protect someone who could not use sharp weapons in this era?
Of course, a shield.
And a shield that was an ancient power was certainly no ordinary shield.
"What are you laughing at?"
"Sorry, I didn't mean anything bad. Your confidence deserves respect, young master. The more you believe that your powers can protect you, the stronger they will become. It all depends on the mindset of the power owner."
Klein is telling the truth. He believes that 'acting' as a beyonder of various pathways makes our mindset to believe in our own power stronger.
If Klein continues to act as a seer, he will behave that everything will be easier when he becomes a seer. With that, he will be more confident to use his power.
Naturally, the power would also become easier to use and stronger as well.
"You get the point. Isn't this the perfect time for you to hone that sharp eyesight? Look at me, am I in pain or not?"
"No, you're not. You are completely healthy and in a good mood."
Klein and Cale smiled. Both felt happy with their own secret world of communication.
Both of them ignored the silent atmosphere around them during the conversation.
"I'll go practice"
"Right after eating?"
"Yes. I want to become even stronger."
"Ah... Sure."
Cale suddenly got goosebumps when he saw Choi Han who immediately left. What did he mean by becoming stronger when he was already this strong? Is that kid planning to destroy the world?
"We will also be leaving. Young master, please enjoy your meal as comfortably as possible."
One by one, the existing knights began to follow Choi Han to train and strengthen themselves.
"Hoo! Choi han managed to get their spirits up" Cale commented, happy that everyone except himself and Klein became more active due to being inspired by Choi han.
"You are the reason they are inspired like this"
"What are you talking about?"
Klein smiled, shaking his head lightly before pointing at each soldier who came with them.
"Weren't you the one who said that you believed in the abilities of all of them? You also showed no desire to be able to use any weapons. This is a normal reaction. They want to get better so they can protect you better too."
Cale was silent. Hearing this situation from another perspective, Cale Henituse avoided being misunderstood.
He was not as good at assessing the situation as he had imagined. What Klein Moretti said did make sense.
"Well, that's not a bad thing, is it?"
"Of course not. But you two better eat, Vicross is done with the main course."
Klein had no time to reply when Ron and the other servant came to bring their main course for the afternoon.
Seeing the delicious food in front of them, Klein and Cale wasted no more time and ate it all.
Notes:
Today's three chapters actually felt like a fever dream. Well, actually, I was sick. I hope everything still makes sense? I just wanted to write because I didn't know what to do other than fall asleep in bed weakly due to my GERD.
Chapter 8: Suggestion
Notes:
HAPPY 1K HIT!!!! ,★⌒ヽ(●^、^●)Kiss!,★⌒ヽ(●^、^●)Kiss!,★⌒ヽ(●^、^●)Kiss!,★⌒ヽ(●^、^●)Kiss!,★⌒ヽ(●^、^●)Kiss!,★⌒ヽ(●^、^●)Kiss!,★⌒ヽ(●^、^●)Kiss!,★⌒ヽ(●^、^●)Kiss!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The place was dark.
There was no light at all.
There was only the sound of someone breathing. A person? Klein was not sure if what he heard was the breathing of a human being.
Another sound was heard. Although everything looked blurry, Klein could see someone using a large whip to punish something.
The moment the whip reached its destination, Klein woke up. He did not realize that he had fallen asleep at some point, and now he was having a dream.
The dream of a seer was not something to be taken lightly!
Cold sweat soaked his body. Although the whip's aim was not directed at him, his body seemed to feel the pain of the whip's blows.
"Nightmare?"
The calm voice of the young master in front of him made Klein want to immediately tell him everything he had just seen. He wanted to say that his dream could be something important, information from the deity that would be related to their future.
"Yes... Ugh, why does my back hurt too?"
His plan to tell Cale about the dream had to be delayed for a moment because his back really hurt. His head was also dizzy, as well as the nausea that was starting to interfere with all of Klein's plans to calm down.
"Are you sick? Cale! Klein is so pale! Did he eat something wrong nya?!"
"No, no. I just feel a little dizzy. Anyway, I dreamed I was in a very dark place with someone who kept whipping something. The feeling in the dream carried over to the real world."
Cale furrowed his brow. He did not know why Klein could have such a nightmare when they were in Viscount Tolz's estate where the existence of the little dragon that would soon force itself out of the cell and destroy the surrounding village is located.
It was not unusual for someone who had just experienced a tragedy to have nightmares. But the dream Klein described was too similar to the situation of the little dragon Cale knew. This young man who had just woken up from his dream also clearly had a considerable effect from the dream.
Like what Ohn and Hong had said, Klein Moretti really looked pale.
"Hans."
The man called by his name immediately opened the window to greet his young master.
"Can I help you?"
"Find the Inn as soon as possible."
Hans had no reason to answer the order. They had, in fact, walked quite a distance from the previous place. Everyone and the horses also needed some rest. But, after seeing that Klein Moretti's condition did not look good, Hans immediately called out to Choi Han who was looking at him as well.
"Choi han! Can you find inn quickly?"
"Ah? Sure!"
Choi han nodded enthusiastically at his new orders. He bowed politely to Cale after seeing the young master signaling Choi han to leave quickly.
A few seconds later, with Cale still watching Choi han, he could not help but curse the world after seeing Choi han save an old man who was almost hit by a horse carriage.
"Such- such a cliché!"
The cliché in question here would probably add to Choi han's coolness in the eyes of novel readers, but Cale could only feel the pain in his head.
The person in the carriage was Venion! Of all the people he could meet in the near future, why did it have to be Venion?!
"Hmm? What's wrong?"
Klein, who was still in his dizzy state could not help but want to look at the source of the commotion as well. Cale pressed the young man's shoulder against the wall of the carriage gently, restraining Klein's movement even more so.
"Stay here. I'll go."
"I can't even peek?"
"Things will become more troublesome if he sees you too"
Klein nodded. He was not the type of person who wanted to add to other people's problems just because he was curious. If Cale said he could solve this problem on his own, then the young man would solve it on his own.
After all, they had the Ron and Choi Han. The two of them wouldn't let their young master get into trouble.
....
"How can you say it's his fault? It's clearly you who didn't drive the chariot properly!"
"Of course it's the fault of that old fool. He shouldn't have get in my master way"
"What-"
"Choi han"
The young man could hear Cale's voice beside him.
"Cale-nim! Why is he acting like that? You also see who's at fault here"
"Calm down" The tone used by the red head was still calm. His hand was also used to touch Choi han's shoulder which was going up and down from holding back his own emotional outburst.
Cale understood why Choi han was angry. And because Cale understood, he understood even more what consequences they would have if he let Choi han's emotional outbursts get out.
This Choi Han was actually a very dangerous ticking bomb. Cale could not play with fire carelessly in front of the mentally unstable Choi han.
"How could I? -"
"I told you to calm down. Klein is sick."
"What?"
Cale knew that Klein was still doing quite well. But, somehow, Cale wanted to tell Choi han about the younger's condition to divert his attention and emotions a little.
Choi han was surprised of course. Klein did not show any symptoms when they rested before. He did not eat when Choi han went to practice, but he also knew that the two young masters still ate as scheduled after Vicross finished with the main course.
Hans also repeatedly sent snacks to the carriage for their young master as well as the two cats inside.
How could Klein Moretti suddenly get sick? But at the same time, Choi Han remembered Cale's expression asking him to quickly find the Inn. Right now, Cale Henituse probably wanted to quickly resolve this matter and did not want Choi han to prolong whatever commotion was going on.
There is one sick person who's waiting to rest well in a more comfortable place.
'It works' Cale smiled as Choi han's emotions slowly began to calm down. This young man no longer moved like he was about to pounce on anyone he saw.
"Well well, I'm very happy that we finally got to meet, young master Cale Henituse"
"It is also an honor to meet you young master Venion"
"On this fine day, it's a shame I'm being disturbed by some people who don't know their place in this world." Venion deliberately turned his head towards the old man he almost ran into a few minutes ago.
Knowing how scary Venion Sten was, the old man immediately bowed down to ask for forgiveness.
Cale could see blood stains on one spot of the bright outfit worn by Venion. This crazy young master must have just played with the little dragon's life again.
Wait...
Klein had been having dreams about what happened to the dragon just before, and now he was meeting Venion?
Looking back at Venion who was smiling happily at having succeeded in making others prostrate themselves in fear before him, Cale refrained from sighing.
"As a noble, it's only natural for you to tell him who's right and who's wrong. His voice is too loud, my ears hurt a bit"
Cale smiled after hearing that. Choi Han's let a long breaths were more frightening than facing this madman in front of him.
"You really live up to your title young master Venion. As everyone has been talking about all this time, indeed only you deserve to be the official heir of the Marquez Sten. It is an honor to meet such a noble person as you"
Venion looked quite pleased with the way Cale had complimented him this afternoon. The smile he gave was much brighter than before.
"I am also really happy to be able to meet you, young master Cale. A nobleman with a spirit that... Hmm, what's the perfect description for you? Ah yes! A free spirit! Some of us should have a free spirit like you! I'm really jealous."
Free spirit my ass! Everyone also knew that Cale Henituse was trash. The corner of Cale's lips twitched softly, eager to hit Venion's head with a rock. Perhaps after suffering a head injury and memory loss, this madman could become a more useful human being.
"Ah... I had forgotten."
The smile on Cale's face disappeared when he saw where Venion's eyes were directed.
"I heard that you went to Capital with the poor young master Klein Moretti. I don't see him now, doesn't he want to greet me? I want to see his condition too. My heart ached when I heard the news of the tragedy in that little family. Benson is a noble who truly deserves respect."
The sound of Choi Han taking out and returning the sword from its place gave Cale goosebumps.
If Venion was allowed to speak again, Cale was not sure if he could stop Choi Han from cutting off the young man's head or not.
Cale would be very happy if Choi han managed to do that. But not now.
"Unfortunately, young master Klein fell ill this morning. He's still asleep after taking the medicine. I feel sorry to have to wake him up just because of this matter. After all, we still have a long way to go."
"Is that so? That's too bad. Well, I can meet him again later"
"Young master Venion"
"Yes?"
"Are you done?"
"What do you mean?"
"I'm asking if you're done or not. I have something to ask the old man."
Casually, Cale Henituse walked towards the old man who was still prostrate in fear. His hand moved to help the old man up, now looking back at him confused.
The hands of a nobleman touching the body of a dirty commoner. Venion furrowed his brow in displeasure.
"Old man. Do you know the inn around here? I really want to drink a lot of alcohol right now. Do you know the best place?"
The old man did not answer immediately, too confused by the sudden question.
"Tsk, slow. I'll ask the others later"
Cale got up after tapping the old man on the shoulder a few times. With a confident stride and a bright smile, he extended his hand to Venion, signaling for a handshake.
"This is truly a marvelous day. It would be perfect if we could enjoy a few bottles of alcohol. Do you accept my offer young master Venion?"
Venion took a long look at Cale's hand that he considered dirty.
"Young master, your schedule is still too tight"
"Don't interrupt a conversation between nobles. Were you never taught this basic lesson?"
"I'm sorry."
The interactions of Venion and his servant were of course can be heard by all of them. The candidate for the Marquez family heir shook Cale's hand briefly before saying goodbye.
"Unfortunately, we can't go today. I'm quite busy."
"Is that so? Your life really looks difficult. Young master Venion, you're still young, use some of your time to have fun and enjoy alcohol! This kind of lifestyle isn't a bad thing for us nobles either!"
"I prefer tea to alcohol. See you later young master Cale"
"Alright. I can take you next time! Be careful on the road!"
Ignoring Cale Henituse and everyone around him, the carriage of Marquez Sten sped away from them.
__
"Wow... He's really awesome"
"I think this mirror is even more awesome! We can see what they're talking about without getting out of the carriage nya!"
Klein, Ohn, and Hong were watching the drama outside their carriage via live streaming from Arrodes. The two children looked so enthusiastic as Klein pointed out the other Arrodes' prowess.
"This can happen because we are not too far away from them. Arrodes also knows about Cale, so everything is easier to show in the mirror like what we see now" Klein explained about Arrodes to the two children after their livestream finished.
"Do you have to pay Arrodes too?"
"Of course. There are no exceptions even for me."
Well, there is. Although Arrodes still asked Klein some questions, the content of the question was definitely different compared to the others.
"Do you have something to ask me?"
"Great master, may I suggest something to you?"
"Sure."
Klein was suddenly rather nervous about the advice Arrodes wanted to give. The last time Arrodes gave advice, it was related to those from the underground.
"Until you are at a higher level, I suggest not interacting with Marquez Sten's family, especially her, who is a blessed of Death."
.. What?
Why should he avoid interacting with her who is a blessed of death?
The death in question is the god of death in this world? Hmm... Klein would ask again when they had more privacy.
Notes:
I literally just see the post on x about
'Born to say "please don't leave me" But forced to say "Its okay i understand" ' and this is about leoklein.
FOUL!
Chapter Text
"So, you think that the god of death will do something to me when I meet one of 'His' blessed?"
" 'He' might want to communicate with you great master"
"Hmm... The deity who gave me the dream is 'Him?' "
"Yes. Great master, you can feel every power you have right now right? Remember what happened when you cast flame magic?"
Klein Moretti died.
That was the thing that happened when he used his magic.
But after that death, Klein managed to regain all his powers as a sequence 9 beyonder.
His efforts to digest the potion also did not betray anyone. Just like before, Klein could feel the difference in his body every time the potion was successfully digested.
He had long suspected that his power was sealed because it was to balance the balance of the world.
Klein with his original power was like a god descending to earth. Normally, that would not bode well for humans.
But the current Klein Moretti is just an ordinary human and also a Beyonder of the lower level. There were many humans who were stronger than him now, Klein was not that great in this moment. He couldn't even return to the Sefirah castle.
About him being able to rise again from the dead, it was due to the influence of the sefirah castle and also the celestial worthy. Although there were the god of death in this world, it didn't mean that they were always responsible for everyone's death. Klein is actually had a desire to communicate with one of the Deities if he could, but why did Arrodes ask him to refrain for a while?
"The last time I used it, I died. But I'm not sure if this has anything to do with the god of death himself"
"Great master. I suspect that this world has very strict rules on anything that can destroy the balance of the world."
Balance. This world accepted the presence of Klein Moretti, who was the half lord of mysteries on the condition that he could not directly possess all of his power? If the world really needs his help, why complicate things?
Klein is not the one who 'needs' help in this story.
And because Klein tried to use the power of sequence 8 before he digest all the potion of the Seer, he died because his body could not take the pressure of the power itself.
The balance of this world bound him firmly.
The god of death gave him information through dreams, but after that, Klein had to suffer the side effects himself. What the god of death did to him was considered a violation of the balance. The god of death could not, or perhaps, should not have communicated with Klein in this moment.
The god of death knew that Klein would suffer the consequences of their communication, but he did it anyway.
"He will still try to communicate with you even though he knows you will suffer. Great master, we do not know what motives he has."
You can believe in the power of any god, but not in their benelovence. They will think that they are doing this for the safety of the world, but they don't really care about humans themselves.
Choi Han...
That young man is a victim of the gods' expectations. Klein didn't know what kind of tragedy will happen in this world, but Choi han has failed to prevent the tragedy. That young man probably didn't even know that he was just a pawn in a chess game with the goal of saving this world.
After his failure, those in power decided to turn back time and bring another 'pawn' to play in this game.
"The gods will only care about the safety of their world. If they need to sacrifice one person's happiness to save thousands of others, they will not hesitate to do so. This is a natural thing for gods to do."
"But you don't."
"Huh?"
"Great master, you are also a Deities. You are the lord of the mysteries, The fool who's now has a huge followers in our world. Great master, have you forgotten?"
Klein was silent. He had never really thought of himself as a god. He preferred to play at being a sefirah castle owner who was the leader of a secret organization with the goal of defeating those who wanted to destroy the world.
Klein Moretti replied to every prayer request directed at him because he really wanted to help. He has the power to grant their requests, he feels happy when he sees everyone smiling happily.
Klein did that because he is Klein Moretti, not because he was a god.
"Great master, You sacrificed everything about yourself so that other humans wouldn't have to suffer as much as you did. They don't even know what you sacrificed for the safety of that world."
__
"Young master Cale?"
"You... "
Cale did not know what had just happened to this young man after getting his own bed.
After they got the inn which was the only Inn in this area, Cale immediately invited Choi han to talk about the little dragon trapped under Venion Sten's madness.
Choi han excitedly said that he would do anything to participate in the dragon liberation operation.
Cale himself had prepared all the things he needed. The goods from Bilos were already in his hands, Hong and Ohn were already moving to bury the mana resistance in the best place they could find.
One last thing Cale needed to do was recruit Klein Moretti, or at least communicate with Arrodes to confirm a few things.
Cale didn't expect that Klein had been crying in his room. The young man's eyes were still red and his voice was hoarse.
"Sorry, you two can come in. Don't mind me."
Cale entered with Choi Han who was still a little hesitant. He was also as surprised as Cale, but didn't dare to ask anything.
It was quite uncomfortable to see Klein who was trying to act casual when he had obviously been crying.
"It's about your dragon liberation operation, right?"
"Hoo, you already know?"
"When I had the dream this afternoon, I decided to do divination. After repeatedly trying to figure out what happened, I discovered the fact that in this area, there is a dragon existence imprisoned in a place. Although I don't know the exact location, but it's in a cave on that hill, right? You were looking that way earlier"
What Klein meant was that while Cale and Choi Han were talking, he could see where Cale's eyes were looking. With just that look, Klein concluded that Cale also knew about the dragon Klein had seen in his dream.
"Hong and Ohn went to that hill, and you engaged Choi Han in conversation. Surely you discussed freeing the dragon, right?"
While Choi Han could only open and close his mouth in disbelief of what he had just heard, Cale on the other hand was laughing.
He actually felt very impressive at the brainwork ability of the young man in front of him.
"Awesome. Can we make the deal now?"
Cale sat casually in one of the chairs with Klein in front of him. They both looked relaxed.
"What favor do you want?"
"I want to know the current situation of the dragon."
Klein nodded. He took out a paper and pen before writing down the situation of the dragon in the cave. A pendant was ready in his hand and he looked at Cale and Choi Han seriously.
"My request is simple. If we encounter any of the people who are part of the church of the god of death, let me know so that I can avoid them."
"What are the chances of you interacting with them?" Choi Han asked.
"The worst possibility is that I die. The most likely possibility is that I will be punished by another god."
The balance will definitely realize again that the god of death is still trying to communicate with him or just provide information through dreams. The one who would get the consequences was still Klein, he did not know what things he could receive from the god's anger.
He still could not control his Marrionete, Klein had no plans to make the wrath of a god for the plus damage in battle in the near future.
And if he managed to meet the god of death in his domain, it would mean his main body died a second time.
"The eldest son of the Marquez Sten family is Taylor Sten. Currently, he is in a situation where he and his friend, Kage, a priest from the church of the god of death, have to move around to hide from Venion. They could be anywhere as long as we head to the capital" Cale immediately gave the information he knew about the people related to the god of death.
"Hmm, I'll take care of that matter. Anyway, I forgot to tell you guys about this. But, I need the dragon's belongings to know the current situation" Klein forgot that he was just an ordinary Seer even though the portion of the potion was already 70% digested.
"Arrodes?"
"It can. But I'm trying to hide Arrodes' existence from the eyes of the gods."
Choi Han, who had no idea who Arrodes was and why Klein Moretti could talk about him being watched by the god of death so casually, could only wait for further information.
"What I want right now is to confirm the number of all the guards in the cave before the operation begins"
Klein was silent for a moment before nodding in understanding.
"The total number of people there is 30. Three of them are vice-captain level knights, the other seven are mid-leveled knights. The rest are just ordinary soldiers, the torturer and random laborers. All the magic tools installed there are not as powerful as they think."
Klein tapped his fingers lightly on the hand of the chair, producing a rhythm that accompanied their silence.
"Cale Henituse, you know specifically where the knights are"
"And you know this without doing divination."
Klein smiled.
"Why do you think I'm crying earlier?"
Cale initially assumed that Klein was just in a bad mood and remembering his family. Cale did not bother to find out what Klein was going through, nor did the young man seem to want to tell him anything.
"A few minutes ago, I'm courting my own death. Since 'He' kept insisting on communicating with me, I decided to perform a ritual prayer by mentioning 'His' honorable name. 'Him', the god of death, gave me a revelation about everything in the cave, including the dragon itself. Unfortunately, my body couldn't hold out for too long and I had to endure fifteen minutes of pain. The pain is a little bit too much, that's why I don't want to communicate with him anytime soon."
"You're crazy"
Klein suddenly laughed when Cale called him crazy. This young master was the second person after Amon to call him crazy.
Well... Being called crazy by Amon actually made Klein realize that his sanity was already somewhat distorted.
The younger one took another paper, writing down the rate of the successful operation to free the young dragon in the cave. Repeating the sentence for seven times, Klein got the result of his divination.
"This dragon liberation operation has a success rate of 90%. I don't see that any of you will get hurt, but there is one thing you don't want to end up happening young master Cale."
Klein felt that confirmation was not enough. He added his services as a Seer to predict things.
"Now, can we talk about this plan in more detail?"
"Sure."
The three began to discuss Cale Henituse's brief but perfectly detailed plan.
The dragon liberation operation begins!
Notes:
I always felt a sense of irony when I remembered that Cale would do all sorts of things to avoid becoming a god or just being their blessed, while, on the other hand, Klein straight up became a god because he had no other choice.
Like, we are spoiled with Cale Henituse's prowess as a commander and he is able to solve all the problems between fellow humans, especially in royal politics.
Then there's Klein Moretti and all his god-related problems.
Chapter 10: The level of an act
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Cale Henituse invited all the knights to party from noon to night. To stretch their muscles a bit after the long journey and the fight with the bandits, all the knights who had received a promise from their young lord that he would not throw anyone with his bottle of alcohol, finally agreed to drink.
Of course, they all did not drink until they were too drunk. After all, they were knights who cared deeply about their work.
Cale Henituse was still calmly drinking his wine. Kim Roksoo was really taking advantage of Cale Henituse's great body and his tolerance for alcohol. The wine he was drinking was expensive enough to be in an ordinary Inn, but the taste was not inferior to the wine provided in Henituse castle.
"Sir, please give me one bottle"
Klein who finally came out of the room immediately sat beside Cale, ordering the wine that the young man beside him was drinking.
"Finally out of your room sleeping beauty?"
"Well, isn't it natural to sleep when you're sick?"
Klein, in fact, actually slept without the aid of cognition because he was so tired. Klein actually did not remember when and where he slept, but he woke up in his quite comfortable bed.
"Then drink some wine afterward?"
"Hmm, I was inspired by a young master in a wealthy noble family who had a free spirit"
"Tsk."
Cale allowed Klein to drink his wine as he pleased. Ignoring the "Wow" and "Woah" that the young man kept saying every time he finished downing the alcohol.
"Woah, why is this so good?" Klein really did not expect that the wine here would actually have such an amazing flavor. Dwayne Dante had never even tasted wine like this!
If the wine at an ordinary Inn like this has such an amazing flavor, what about the wine provided for the royal family? Well, speaking of the royal family, Klein remembered that he had never interacted with the royal party even in his previous life.
He did manage to stop George III's ritual to become above sequence, but he never interacted with the rest of the royals. The politics of each kingdom were always sinister, Klein recalled the message Alberu Crossman, the crown prince, had given him.
The man wished he could talk to Klein alone.
Only a fool would think that Klein could refuse such a request.
Somehow, it seemed more difficult to have conflicts between fellow humans than with other gods.
Before Klein knew it, he was done with his first bottle and ordered another.
__
It was almost evening when Cale felt he had wasted enough time here. His mind was still clear, but his body felt a bit tired. Cale certainly didn't want to ruin his own plans just because he was drunk and unable to move.
"Tsk, why does this kid keep drinking?"
Klein Moretti had already fallen asleep at the table due to drunkenness. The younger one showed no annoyance at all even though he slept in a sitting position. He also refused when Cale told him to go to the room, threw a tantrum when his servant tried to help, and did other childish things.
"Choi han"
The only way to take Klein from here was to involve Choi han.
Well, with Klein drunk like this, their plan was looking good. After all, Klein had already completed his part in the team, he was not involved in going directly to the hill area and freeing the dragons there.
"Take this kid to his room"
Choi Han nodded in understanding. From the start, he had been worried about Cale Henituse and all the bottles of alcohol he had drunk, but the young master was at least still able to walk albeit staggeringly. Meanwhile, Klein Moretti was already causing a bit of trouble as he did not want to be moved from this uncomfortable sleeping position.
"Hmm? Choi han?"
Klein woke up slightly as Choi han tried to pick him up.
"Young master Klein, can you walk? It's almost night. It's time to rest, Cale-nim has finished drinking too."
"But I want to sleep with Hyung-nim"
"... "
"What the hell?" Cale couldn't help but ask in surprise. He stared at Klein with an incredulous look.
Did Klein just call him Hyung?
The drunken young man showed a bright smile, tried to stand up but collapsed and hit the floor if Choi Han had not been quick to catch his body.
"Hehe, hyung-nim, I'm a fan of yours! Do you know how cool you are?"
The few knights who saw the little drama between Cale Henituse and Klein Moretti couldn't help but chuckle when they saw Cale's surprised face.
This was the first time they had seen their young master look so embarrassed.
"Tsk, I don't accept drunk people in my room"
"But you're drunk person too! Hyung-nim, aren't you going to sleep in your room tonight? How about we sleep in my room then?"
"You're crazy. Choi han, hurry up and take him."
"Noooooo"
Klein quickly dodged Choi Han. His movements as a drunk man made Klein end up crashing into Cale, who almost fell down if he could not hold his body and Klein at the same time for balance.
Before he could scold the younger one, Klein's voice rang clearly in his ears.
"You really fell into a trap. Young master Cale, it's indeed a pleasure to fool you around"
This was all just acting!
Klein Moretti was really doing the perfect drunk acting!
Cale could not believe that he had actually fallen into this young man's trap. Still, with Klein's body in his hands, Cale let out a long sigh and looked at Choi Han who was confused about what to do.
"Tsk, take him to my room"
"Okay."
This time, Klein did not resist at all while riding on Choi Han's back, he was still on principle to keep acting drunk until tomorrow morning.
Cale walked leisurely behind the two, shuddering slightly when he saw Ron who was standing right in front of his room, as if he had been waiting for Cale since earlier.
This old man did not even drink any alcohol, all he did was smile benignly, as if he knew that Cale was doing this because he wanted something.
"I'll go play tonight. Don't wait for me."
Giving a hint to Ron was an idea that Klein and Cale had. Since Ron was inevitable, it was better to hint so that the old man would not act strangely.
"It is my duty to await your presence young master" Ron replied calmly.
Honestly, Cale knew that Ron wouldn't really care where he went. Even though Ron was his Butler, it didn't mean that this old man had the right to know where his master was going.
A servant will always act as a servant. Especially for Ron who wanted to protect his position as the best Butler in the Henituse family.
"Find a good time to enter my room through the window" Cale said to Choi Han who had just finished laying Klein's body on his bed.
"Will young master Klein be alright while we going?"
"There's Ron."
Choi Han still didn't know that Klein was only pretending to be drunk. Cale really appreciated the acting level of this young man who didn't even show any reaction while pretending to sleep.
There was no movement in his eyes either... Wait, is this kid really sleeping?
In such a short time?
__
Choi Han almost slipped right after he entered his master's room when he saw what outfit Cale was wearing.
An all-black outfit with a logo of one white star with five small red stars surrounding it.
"Cale-nim?"
Without paying much attention to Choi han's surprise, Cale looked at Klein who was still busy sewing the logo on the clothes that should belong to Choi han.
"You're still not done?"
"Just a moment. A little more tidying up and tadaa! It's done! Choi han, hurry up and wear it!"
Klein excitedly gave the outfit that he had finished fixing to Choi han who was just staring at the two in confusion.
A few minutes ago, when Cale had just finished changing, Klein realized how bad the stitching on the star logo was. Cale said that he sewed it himself because it was impossible to let Bilos find out about this kind of thing.
Klein of course immediately asked Cale to take off his shirt again to fix the stitches.
The young man refused and said he didn't care about the ugly stitches because the most important thing was for everyone to see the logo.
Klein had to get Ohn and Hong to comment so that Cale would take off his clothes again. It worked.
"Are we going to do something bad?" Choi Han well remembered that their plan today was to save the dragons being tortured by the Sten family, but the outfit worn by Cale Henituse looked more like an organization engaged in stealing property from wealthy nobles.
"Yes, we are going to do evil things to Venion"
"Choi han, hurry up and change your clothes! We don't have much time."
Cale and Klein assured Choi han that they were still conducting dragon liberation operations, not committing indecent crimes.
A few minutes later, Choi han was back in his new outfit. Complete with masks covering their faces and head hoods hiding their hair color, Cale Henituse and Choi han were ready to go!
"Oh yeah, these are the children of the cat tribe. This is Ohn and that one is Hong. Introductions are over, let's go"
"Don't get hurt. I'll be waiting for you here."
Klein escorted them all to the window. After successfully asking Choi Han to carry Cale down, Klein released Hong and Ohn from his arms. Watching their movements until they were out of sight.
Fyuuhh, time to complete his own mission while they were all gone.
__
"You all remember our plan, right?" Cale asked for the umpteenth time.
Honestly, this plan couldn't be called a big plan. All that needed to be done was for Hong and Ohn to use their abilities to cast fog, obscuring the sight of every knight and soldier here.
Choi Han would act as the one to take them all out while Cale took the opportunity to enter the cave quietly.
Everything was still fairly easy.
What needed to be ensured was that all members did not feel nervous in their first operation.
After all, even geniuses will make mistakes if they are not confident.
"We all move according to the time. No one should do anything unplanned. Hong and Ohn, I'm sure you two can do this without being seen by anyone. We've practiced long enough."
"This is easy nya!"
"They're no match for the adults who've been chasing us nya!"
"Good. Make sure to show up again when the turtore has lost consciousness. Choi han, don't let them see the aura of your sword, your physical strength alone is enough to make them all faint"
"I'm confident in my strength. Don't worry, Cale-nim, you can move as you wish."
Cale nodded. The young man looked at the watch in his hand to confirm when they could move.
3 seconds...
2 seconds...
1 second...
"Let's go"
Notes:
Have any of you ever read lcf reaction au?
Well, I was one of them. At that time, I remember very well that the number of that themes on this site was only 17. And every day, I would open ao3 to check whether there were any updates or not from Whoever is that.Actually, I have a draft for lcf reaction au, but I haven't written much because I was reading LOTM at the time.
I'm not someone who can do two different things at the same time...
Chapter 11: Starry night
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
'Even though I've seen this many times, Choi han is indeed a scary bastard' Cale sighed as he watched Choi han who moved easily to take down all the knights without much effort.
Choi han entering the attack team was indeed a perfect thing.
Waiting a few minutes for Choi han to finish, Cale finally walked into the sinful place.
Ohn's fog constantly surrounded him, making no one but Ohn and Hong know that Cale Henituse was also there.
Hong's fog had successfully helped Choi Han to finish off the remaining troubling soldiers.
70% of tonight's operation has been completed.
"Intruder! Stop right there! Don't you know what's inside this place?! "
Cale let out a long sigh. Of course he knew what was inside this place! Waving his hand casually, Hong's fog instantly enveloped the body of the turtore who was now staring at Cale in surprise.
The man looked like he wanted to say something but couldn't make a sound because he had lost consciousness.
Well, Cale didn't know if he had just lost consciousness or if his life had gone too, No one cared too much about that.
The only thing useful about this man's body was the cell key in his pants pocket.
"Is anyone hurt?"
Hong and Ohn finally showed themselves who had been hiding.
"No! This mission is too easy to get us hurt nya!"
"Cale, is he dead nya~?"
"There's no need to think about it. Let's go."
Without wasting much time, the trio headed straight to the cell where the young dragon they were looking for was kept.
The pungent smell of blood made Cale quicken his footsteps.
"Wait here."
Giving instructions to the two cats, Cale began to unlock the cell. The little black dragon inside did not open its eyes at all.
Cale knew that this existence had heard their commotion from the start, but decided to keep quiet because that was what he had always done since hatching from the egg.
"Tsk."
The existence of a dragon so revered by elves and humans alike.
Those whose strength is unquestionable, as well as their intelligence.
Dragons who are famous for their selfishness and iconic way of life. Dragons who trigger such high self-esteem.
The same existence existed in front of Cale's eyes, with those four small paws in chains, a neck that was given the bondage of a mana resistance collar and also a wound that looked still wet.
This dragon looked smaller than what Cale had imagined when he read the novel.
"Hey. Open your eyes."
It took some time to get the dragon to open its eyes. And the gaze that Cale received was neither a sad gaze, a hopeful gaze nor a fearful gaze.
The little dragon was blatantly staring at Cale with hatred.
"What a nice gaze. Time for us to go then."
With the equipment that had long been prepared, Cale immediately cut the chains around the dragon. Leaving the mana resistance necklace that needed to be opened later, not in this place.
Carefully, Cale carried the small dragon's body in his hands. Quickly, they exited the cell and waited for Choi Han's arrival.
As promised, Choi han appeared quickly after cleaning the blood stains on his sword.
He made sure that Hong and Ohn were fine before looking at Cale and the dragon in his hand.
"Cale-nim, I didn't expect him to be injured that badly"
"The wound looks painful nya~"
"There's a lot of blood nya~"
The two cats knew that Cale had potions in his bag, they wanted to ask Cale to treat the dragon's wound right now but felt unable to say it directly.
"One moment."
Cale began to search for the location of Venion's hidden passage, his hand tapping on the wall, recalling the content in the novel.
"Choi han"
"Yes sir"
"What are the conditions up ahead?"
"As you wish, I'm done with all of them. No one is dead, but no one can move anytime soon. It's likely that they will immediately run to report the matter to Marquez Sten."
"Good job. Now, hit this part of the wall."
Choi Han walked over to Cale, noticing the part of the wall he was referring to.
"Hit as hard as I can?"
"Let's say you hit a 10 centimeter piece of wood"
"Hmm... That means a light blow"
Indeed, a light blow.
Cale immediately stepped back away from Choi han and the light punch.
Boom!
"Woah"
"Wow!"
Hong and Ohn looked more amazed as Choi han destroyed this wall than he did the people in front.
"Lets go, we don't have much time"
...
"Huuuuu"
Cale breathed a sigh of relief when they all made it out through the designated path and at the designated place as well.
The fresh night air restored Cale's spirit that was a bit lost after he ran around with this small dragon in his hand.
The dragon did look small, but it was still heavy.
Meanwhile, the existence in his hand was admiring the beautiful night sky. Cale suddenly remembered Klein's words before tonight's operation.
'This night is beautiful. You will free a dragon from its hell and the world welcomes the dragon's presence. He will surely be happy when he sees thousands of stars greeting him tonight.'
Cale wanted to give more time for the dragon to enjoy its freedom, but that could be done when Cale and the others had returned to the Inn.
For now, he had to quickly remove the mana resistance chain around the dragon's neck and give it a potion.
Complete with his gloves, Cale touched the chin of the little dragon.
Their eyes met for a moment before the dragon closed its eyes.
Ctak!
The chain broke. The voice echoed in the silent forest.
The little dragon who had been ready to accept death after knowing the meaning of freedom, looked at Cale in surprise.
"What is it?"
Cale wanted to laugh as the little dragon moved back slowly, still highly wary of humans.
"You see this? It's really expensive. All the things I used tonight were really expensive"
The redhead tried not to talk about all the money he spent on buying and renting all kinds of magic tools from Bilos.
After all, it was just his allowance. Cale was not starving even though he had no pocket money.
"Because I already spent a lot of money just for you... "
The little dragon who actually understood everything said by the human in front of him was silent. He still didn't understand what the two humans and the two strange being around him wanted.
The human in front of him was weaker than the others, but the dragon was not sure if he could defeat the human behind him, who had been watching his every movements now.
Money...
The dragon didn't really understand what money was for, but all the humans he had met, especially that crazy bastard who was having fun with his life often said that he spent a lot of money to get him and keep him alive for four years.
After saying that, the dragon would usually receive all sorts of torture on his body.
But...
This time, all he felt was the liquid that gently entered his mouth. He couldn't help but immediately swallow what was given to him. The human who had been talking also chose to spill some of the liquid onto other parts of his body.
Slowly, the dragon felt much better! Even healthy! He could feel the power in his body for the first time!
"Therefore, you must heal quickly"
Cale smiled as he saw all the wounds that had been visible on the body begin to heal. All the troublesome effort, all the money spent, Cale was satisfied with the results of their operation tonight.
After today, there was no longer any reason for this little dragon to be captured by other humans. An existence that had been given the title as the strongest existence on earth from the very beginning should not have to live a miserable life like this.
"Hey"
Cale gave the remaining potion in the bottle to the dragon who was still staring at him intently.
"What do you want to do now?"
The dragon was still silent, reluctant to open its mouth to make any sound.
"I know that you can understand and speak human language. After all, you are a dragon, a very smart and powerful existence. So, answer my question."
Not having to worry about his wasted time this time, Cale chose to try communicating with the young existence before him.
"What do you want to do after you're free?"
"I... "
Since long ago, the little dragon had often imagined what he would do if he was given the chance to be free.
The little dragon who had never really seen anything in this world felt a little confused after seeing the shimmering things in the sky.
He had heard the words 'Day' and 'Night', but never knew what day and night were.
Was this what was called nighttime?
There were so many wishes that he want to uttered to the human in front of him. But, what that mouth said was the thing he wanted to do the most all along.
“I will live.”
He will live, no matter what it took.
“I will go away.”
He was going to go away from here.
He revealed his inner thoughts.
“I will not be tamed.”
“Yes. You are right.”
Cale was saying the dragon was right.
“You are a dragon. A DRAGON. You have the right to live freely.”
Although this dragons were only four years old, Cale was very confident that they could take care of themselves better than humans of the same age.
After all, from the information Cale knew, dragons at the age of two usually already built their own lair.
"I won't take care of you"
Tonight's mission was to free the dragon. Cale had no reason to take care of the same dragon he had already saved.
"Lies! Humans are very good at lying!"
"Well, you're right. I'm very good at lying."
Rising from his position, Cale looked up at the beautiful night sky. The smile on his face did not disappear, his heart also felt quite calm.
Cale, well, Kim Roksoo was quite understanding of all the anxiety the dragon was experiencing.
Back then, when Roksoo first managed to escape from the place he once called home, the stars in the sky also welcomed his success. But, unlike this young dragon, little Kim Roksoo never had any desire to fight the world or seek revenge.
After he was free, Kim Roksoo just wanted to live in a position where everyone wouldn't care too much about his life.
Just like in the novel, he only hopes to be an insignificant person, whose role is only as a person who happens to be helped by the main character.
The role of a character that isn't even illustrated.
Kim Roksoo wanted to be that person. There was no longer any desire to be the main character in his heart.
But... Just because Roksoo gave up, doesn't mean he doesn't support the dragon's wishes.
If the dragon wanted to avenge himself and wanted to live up to his title, Cale fully supported all those wishes.
Looking at Choi Han, Ohn and Hong, Cale nodded.
"Let's go. Our mission is over."
Without looking back at the dragon they left behind, Cale Henituse stepped off lightly.
Notes:
I know, I know! Maybe some of you were hoping that Klein was in this operation, but I think that this is really a moment for Cale and Raon.
I don't have the heart to take away their precious moment with Klein there.Well, I really want to make Klein Moretti happy in this universe because cuttlefish doesn't know what happiness is in his own novel.
But as I've said before, just because Klein is in this universe, it doesn't mean he'll be involved in everything. I tried to make Klein play his own role without being too out of character. And we know what his character is like. Klein is really the type that when he understands how dangerous his life is, he will stay away from everyone so that no one gets hurt.
Klein Moretti never cared too much about his own happiness after all.
Chapter 12: Become a blessed?
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"Welcome back" Klein welcomed the arrival of the four dragon liberation members.
He who had been busy learning about the history of the Roan Kingdom ended up staying up until midnight.
"Klein! You know what? We thought that dragon would definitely follow us here! I really want a little brother nya! "
"But Cale didn't believe what we said. The dragon is always looking our way even when we've gone far enough!"
"Really? What about the dragon's state when you saw it?"
Hong and Ohn enthusiastically told Klein everything they saw. Choi Han had already left Cale's room as soon as he finished changing and the room owner could only frown in annoyance that Ohn and Hong were not done with the theory that the young dragon would follow them later.
These kids!
"I think he'll enjoy his period of freedom for a while before he decides to search for us! After all, he doesn't know anyone yet!"
"What Ohn said is true! Klein, what do you think?"
"I told you that dragon hates humans. Why would he still want to follow us when he has the chance to live as he pleases. It's a miracle that he didn't attack us all right away" Cale didn't give Klein another chance to answer the children's questions.
He had a feeling that Klein would add delusions to the innocent thoughts of the two children.
"But you said yourself that he was smart!"
Staring at Hong in confusion, Cale decided to ask.
"What does this have to do with anything?"
"Stupid Cale! Because he's smart, he knows that we don't mean any harm. You're saying that it's a miracle that he didn't attack us, right? But what if, in fact! he knows that we're not evil, that's why he didn't attack us? And since we're not bad people, isn't it natural for him to be curious about our lives? Aren't we the first living being to do him a favor? If you were in that dragon's shoes, wouldn't you also want to know more about the person who saved you?"
Cale and Klein were speechless when they heard the series of explanations Ohn spoke. Other than this being the first time they had heard Ohn speak at such length, everything the girl said also made sense.
"Cale, they have a valid point. Even if the dragon hates humans, it will definitely be curious about other humans who do good to it. After all, as Hong said, it has never met anyone except those who were there from the beginning."
Klein supported the opinion of Hong and Ohn who exclaimed happily because Klein's support was much clearer than Choi Han's.
That one man never wanted to get into an argument with Cale Henituse. Letting the redhead play in his own delusions.
"But Ohn, Hong, you also shouldn't get your hopes up that the dragon will live with all of you. The dragon may find other interesting things while he's walking around, we can't force him to stay here. You must respect its wishes if it wants to leave."
The two children suddenly became sad when they heard Klein's explanation.
"Tsk, you two better eat" Cale took out the food he had hidden for the two cats, trying to bring back the happiness of the two.
The children should just be busy playing, learning and having fun.
"I'm going to sleep first"
"Okay."
Due to exhaustion, Cale actually fell asleep as soon as he closed his eyes. He did not realize that there was another existence who used magic for the first time in their life just to make his body invisible to anyone.
__
Cale looked at his own reflection in the mirror with a satisfied smile.
Dull face, messy hair, strong smell of alcohol, tired eyes...
"Perfect."
Staring briefly at Klein who for the umpteenth time he found sleeping in a sitting position, Cale sighed before throwing the blanket that had successfully covered the young man's body.
Klein Moretti had actually slept in a sitting position with the window open all night.
Stepping out casually, Cale paused for a moment when he saw Choi Han who was at the end of the stairs, standing like a statue.
Kicking the young man's leg lightly, Cale asked.
"Why?"
"Huh? Oh Cale-nim, I was just quite surprised by the strength of their bodies. They're the ones I hit last night, but this morning they were able to come and not look injured. I really underestimated the strength of humans, I should have hit them harder"
Without Cale realizing it, he was a little distant from Choi Han after hearing this horrible thing this morning.
All the knights of Viscount Tolz who came must have been given high-grade potions so that they could patrol directly like this.
Well, this was also included in the plan that Cale Henituse made for his alibi.
"I told you, all we did yesterday afternoon until evening was just drinking and relaxing. You can ask the locals if you don't believe the Innkeeper's testimony. Our two young masters were also drunk quite badly, neither of them seemed to be able to get out of here without being disturbed" Hilsman was actually quite annoyed that the knights who were questioning (read: interrogating) them did not leave.
Even though the Inn owner had also explained what he knew, they still didn't leave. What exactly was being stolen? Why did they suspect the Henituse family members of stealing something?
Tak!
Cale hit his table with the bottle of alcohol he had just ordered. His eyes stared at all the knights of Viscount Tolz who were just idly blocking the door.
"What?"
"Ahahaha, it's nothing young master Cale!"
"Tsk, young master Cale, stop scaring them. They're just asking questions and Achoo! Tsk this flu sucks"
Klein Moretti emerged from the room complete with a handkerchief that he did not remove. Red eyes, red nose and a hoarse voice.
Cale suddenly knew why Klein wanted to sleep in a sitting position with the window open.
Before Klein sat up, the young lord looked at the knight of Viscount Tolz complete with a friendly smile.
"Is your business still unfinished? Perhaps it can be discussed inside instead of you standing at the door."
"Ah, forgive us for intruding"
"Young master Klein, we were just making a quick inquiry about the situation in this place after hearing that young master Cale Henituse and you stayed here last night. We were afraid that you had also lost something to thieves."
The knights began to explain their motives in a polite tone of voice after seeing Cale and Klein who appeared there.
"Hmm, I don't feel like I'm missing anything. Young master Cale, did you lose anything?"
"Yes. I lost an important moment to enjoy a quiet morning."
All the knights present immediately bowed to express their apologies for the umpteenth time.
Cale let out a long sigh, suddenly starting to feel the effects of drinking too much alcohol.
"Warm lemon tea for you two"
For the first time in a long time, Cale was grateful that Ron brought his lemon tea.
"Wow, this feels really good. Thank you Ron."
"Would you like to take some of medicine, young master Klein?"
"No, I don't. Mori gave it to me this morning, I just need time to heal."
"Very well. Please let me now if any of you need something."
Finished with the morning's drama, everyone began preparing to continue their journey to the capital on the same day.
__
"Where are we going this time?"
"Puzzle city"
"Are we going camping outside?"
Ohn and Hong who were happily eating their jerky wondered about which destination they would pass by this time on their way to the capital.
"Yes, from now on, we'll be camping outside a lot"
Cale scrutinized his schedule again and discovered that he would be busier than ever.
Puzzle city, or better known as rock city was the main destination that Cale Henituse personally wanted to go to.
The reason? To take the second ancient power that he found information about from the novel.
Well, unlike the ancient power shield, this one had its own owner in the novel. The person who found the information about the ancient power and tried hard to obtain it was Taylor Sten.
'The Vitality of the Heart.'
An ancient power whose purpose is to heal various kinds of illnesses or injuries experienced by its owner. This power is also able to resurrect our lost body parts if we encounter something unfortunate like a bomb blast.
Taylor, who only knows about this, immediately works very hard to get this power with the help of his best friend, Kage.
Unfortunately, Vitality of the heart cannot cure the disease that previously existed in the owner's body.
Taylor ended up falling into depression and couldn't protect himself when the people sent by Venion came to see him.
Hmm, talking about Taylor and Kage...
"Has the god of death still tried to communicate with you since that day?"
"Yes" Klein answered briefly.
"Our destination is puzzle city. It's a city famous for its stone temple as well as other titles that are often associated with the city. The title is the city abandoned by the gods"
"Is there any history that says why that happened?"
"Maybe there is, but I don't know."
Cale had not read any history about the existence of the puzzle city and why they had the unique habit of stacking stones and praying afterwards. People called it a god-forsaken city because they did not see any church of any faith there.
"I have a feeling that Taylor Sten and his best friend Kage are in that town. If you want to avoid interacting with the blessed of the god of death, don't go out"
Cale still remembers their agreement.
"I'll think about that later. Is there anything you want this information for?"
Cale was silent for a moment, watching Klein who was not as talkative as usual.
"Is there any information you want to give me?"
The young man suddenly smiled, as if all his previous dark aura had disappeared.
"There is! I saw the dragon you guys rescued while we were still at the Inn. He just sat at the window and watched us until almost morning. He's also now following us by hiding from tree to tree."
Ohn and Hong jumped straight from Cale to Klein. The two excitedly asked Klein about the whereabouts of the little dragon.
"I know! I know! Choi Han said the same thing! But I can't see it anywhere!"
"Klein, can you see it?"
That was also the question Cale wanted to ask. The fact that Choi Han knew about this was not surprising. That young man could have sensed the mana coming out of the dragon's body even though he had tried to hide himself using magic.
But Klein? Did this have anything to do with the power of the visions Klein had talked about? Spirit vision?
"I can't see clearly, but the spirit I saw that night and now can be confirmed as the existence of the dragon you survived. Hm, maybe because that dragon hasn't learned much magic, it can't hide its whole body as well as the mana flow in its body well"
In other words, Klein's spirit vision was indeed strong, but he could successfully detect a dragon because the dragon was still not skilled in concealing itself.
"Act like we don't know anything"
Ignoring the teasing from Ohn and Hong, Cale looked again at Klein Moretti who had many mysteries around him.
He didn't really want to know... But Cale was always bothered by the existence of the god who began to interfere with the lives of the people around him.
Moreover, Klein was still experiencing side effects from the communication, and yet, the god still wanted to communicate with him.
"Cale"
"What?"
"Sigh... The god of death wants me to be one of his blessed"
"What the fuck?"
Notes:
Just a little information. Tomorrow, I won't update because I want to use my time off to play games. So today, you get two chapters! And Oh! Yeay! This story has passed 2k HITS!!! ( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!( ✧Д✧) YES!!
Chapter 13: What is mean to become a blessed?
Chapter Text
All these problems began with the first communication between Klein Moretti and the god of death.
The first was when the god of death tried to give Klein Moretti a hint about the existence of a young dragon in the territory of viscount Tolz. Not long after, they met up with Venion Sten. In his own room, Klein Moretti was courting his own death as usual despite Arrodes' reminders.
It was not that Klein did not respect the wishes of Arrodes, it was just that, no problem could disappear just because you avoided it. So, Klein chose to try communicating with the god of death using a ritual by chanting the honorable name of the god. Of course, it was Arrodes who provided this information.
Through the ritual, the god gave a revelation to the human who prayed to him. Klein Moretti was shown all the details of the place where the young dragon was hidden, including who was there at the time and how strong the level of all knights and magic tools available.
At the end of the revelation, the god of death also decided to show Cale Henituse's face without any explanation. Klein, as a professional seer, understood what that meant. It was not something too difficult to figure out.
Of course, the aftereffects of the communication were considerable. He had to roll on the floor and cover his own mouth so as not to make a painful sound and potentially summon another servant into his room, and Ron was not the person he expected to enter at that moment.
After making a deal with Cale, strategizing together, drinking alcohol without caring how much money he had wasted, sleeping, sewing the white star logo on Cale and Choi han's outfits, Klein Moretti began to hear little by little the voice of the deity he had previously communicated with.
As Cale Henituse and Choi han went to rescue the young dragon, Klein tried to focus on hearing what the god of death really wanted to say.
"Blessed.... "
Klein felt goosebumps run down his body when he heard that word for the first time. The only deity that Klein was happy to be blessed by was the Evernight goddes, and even then, Klein also knew that he often committed acts that if others saw, would be considered an insult to a God.
The voice became clearer as Klein focused more and more.
"Be my blessed... "
The first question that arose was, 'why?'.
Why would the god of death from this world be interested in making Klein Moretti, who had never even set foot in the church of the god of death, be his blessed?
Then, he remembered the fact that the same god was also the god who kept trying to communicate with him even though they knew Klein would suffer the effects of the balance.
Even now, Klein felt dizzy again as he focused on hearing the voice of the god of death.
Klein was grateful for the fact that hearing the voice of the god of death did not cause him to lose control.
Another problem was that the voice of the deity did not stop.
Klein began to question whether the god of death had nothing to do or if they was desperate to communicate with Klein to the point of disrupting his newly peaceful life.
From waking up, taking care of the knight of viscount Tolz and creating an alibi, preparing for departure and also on the way. Klein was constantly terrorized by the god of death who asked him to become the god's blessed.
Of course, his head was getting dizzy.
Klein really wanted to have the ability to let go of his head for a moment and let that part of his body suffer alone without disturbing the rest of his body.
"Be my blessed, and I will be able to reduce the effects of balance"
Hmm?
Now, after hours of agony, Klein finally heard the complete sentence that the god of death wanted to say.
One of the benefits of being blessed by the god of death is that the effects of balance will be reduced? Was he talking about the effects of their communication or the effects of the transmigration itself?
Will his power be faster to return?
Anyway, how did he reply to the request from the god of death? Can he directly talk to the god on this horse-drawn carriage or does he have to go to the church? He didn't know.
But, there was one thing that was enough to make Klein want to accept the offer. Not about the side effects that would disappear, that problem is not really a big deal because he could still bear it even though he thought it would be much better if he died.
But... If he became blessed by the god of death, wouldn't he be playing the role of sequence one, attendance of mysteries?
This wasn't his world, he couldn't just randomly mention the name of 'The Fool' and spread how great one of the Above sequences was.
He would start his act as sequence one, and make things easier for himself in the future.
"Why does the god of death suddenly want to make you blessed?"
Klein looked at the red head who was now frowning in displeasure.
What percentage of the whole truth should he tell Cale?
"I don't know. Isn't this weird? I never even went to their church and they wants me, a random person, to be a blessed?"
Cale paused as Klein also questioned the meaning of the god. He thought of Kage, who until now, despite her constant complaints about not wanting to be bothered by the god, had ended up being able to hear his voice everywhere.
Klein Moretti would also likely not be able to escape the god of death just because he refused the request.
"Your power... How long have you had it?"
Klein flinched at the question. He did not know if the former Klein Moretti had the same power or not, but the current Klein Moretti definitely did.
Well, come to think of it, the Fool pathway, even though it was the same path as the Error and Door pathway, its appearance was more similar to Death.
After all, Death was not far from mystery.
"I have bits and pieces of this power. Spiritual vision is one thing I've had since childhood"
Klein Moretti's age here was 17. He could not exclude this detail from the explanation he would give to Cale Henituse.
Right now. If there was anyone he could trust the most, it was Cale Henituse and Choi Han.
"Then, there was the power of divination after a few years. At first, I was just getting dreams, then slowly... I was able to do divination on my own. I enjoyed playing around with my power, making me never attend any of the noble events because Benson said he would take care of everything. I'm also not Melissa who is a noblewoman, so I'm not as busy as her even though she's younger."
Now... If Klein wanted to create an alibi...
"Perhaps the god of death has been interested in you from the beginning, but because your divination power has only gotten stronger recently, you are only hearing his voice more clearly now"
A reasonable excuse. If only there was no transmigration incentive, perhaps this was all true.
Then, what would he do now?
"Do you want to accept the offer?"
"I don't know. I choose to ignore it now."
"He won't give up just because you don't want to be his blessed"
"You sound like someone who has been through the same thing"
Klein laughed as Cale's expression grew increasingly annoyed. With that piercing look in his eyes, Cale let out a long sigh and stared at something else in the window.
"Remember Kage? Taylor Sten's best friend?"
Kage? Priest of the god of death? The one Arrodes said Klein should be careful with?
"I remember."
"She is the only priest in the church of the god of death who can hear the voice of their god. We can call her a blessed of the god, that is if she accepts the fact. That woman never wanted to communicate with the god, always cursed the god, and is now running away. Even after all that, rumor has it that she still hears the voice of the god of death who wants to communicate with her"
"Wow..."
Wow indeed. This was the first time Klein had heard of a god as shameless as the god of death. What is 'he'? A masochistic? The god must have a lot of followers, but he chooses people who don't want to be his followers and even pursues the same people despite being rejected every day?
Well, every god has their own uniqueness.
Klein is thankful that there seems to be no god who is obsessed with making everyone give birth to something.
"In other words, even if I refuse, he will still be a nuisance"
"Exactly."
Klein nodded in understanding, he had already decided on what he would do about this matter.
"Klein, are you still dizzy? Won't you feel pain if you become a blessed of the god of death nya~?"
"Pain? I'm just a little dizzy, it's not something big for me to care about"
Hong asked anxiously. Him and Ohn did not really understand what it meant to be Blessed, but they knew who a god was.
The two children also knew that the god of death always wanted to communicate with Klein Moretti and the side effects of such communication.
"But you're so pale... Klein, are you sure you're okay?"
Ohn nodded in agreement with her brother's words. Klein Moretti, in fact, looked like the undead.
"Of course, I'm fine. I am not a person who gets sick easily" Klein answered confidently.
As a beyonder, it was obvious that his immune system was much stronger than that of an average human. Only certain poisons such as from demons or those who were stronger could make him sick easily.
The reason why his face looked more pale was because everyone, in this universe, saw a side of Klein Moretti with a decent life. Here, he lived as the second son of a noble family with no shortage of money, no confusion over food or clothes.
He's still the same height, but he's not skinny from malnutrition.
Klein Moretti is a very healthy teenager.
Because of that, when the influence of the god of death was on him, everyone could also see the side effects. After all, Klein was still a Seer, he could not change his facial characteristics like what a faceless person could do.
Chapter 14: Consequences
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"Young master Klein, don't you want to come as well?"
Cale, Ohn, Hong and Choi Han were already about to leave when the swordmaster realized that Klein was still sitting on the sofa.
Once they arrived at the puzzle city, Hans had found the most comfortable resting place very quickly.
After listening to the stories and rumors about Puzzle city, Cale decided to take them to see the famous rock tower.
"I still want to rest, you guys have fun"
After saying his goodbyes, Klein sat back down on the sofa. Honestly, Klein really did not want to go. Apart from the divination saying that there would be a little bit annoying things will happen if he left, Klein was also less spirited when looking at the hot weather ahead.
"Young master Klein, your room is ready" Mori, his butler delivered the news Klein was waiting for.
"Okay."
Today's plan was to rest, wake up, ask Arrodes a few questions, look for information nearby, most importantly, and learn about the situation in the Roan Kingdom better.
"Hmm?"
Unintentionally, his eyes fell on a white cloth used to wrap something, placed near the sofa.
Klein almost thought it was just trash from the kids if he didn't remember who it belonged to.
A handkerchief with the Henituse family crest.
There were some stones inside the folds.
Without any need for divination, Klein knew who these small stones belonged to.
"Sigh..."
"Young master, let me dispose of that stone" Mori, being the good butler he is, offered to dispose of what looked like trash. Klein could not say that it belonged to Hong, that was because Mori did not know who is Hong that Klein was referring to.
Hans had left with the others, Klein didn't see Ron anywhere. Although Hong and Ohn were disappointed that the reality of Hans' story was different from what he said, the kids still planned to build their own rock tower and asked for prayers.
"Choi han forgot the rock he wanted to build as a rock tower. I'll go catch up with them for a while and come back."
Mori didn't know Choi han's personality. But, thanks to Choi han showing his innocent expression more often, many people believed that Choi han was just an innocent young man who happened to be strong. Saying that Choi han wanted to build a rock tower was a strong alibi.
"Alright, let me accompany you"
"No need, I want to be alone for a while. It won't take long, you don't need to worry."
Although Mori was his Butler, he would not be able to force his master if the master said he wanted to be alone.
Besides, Cale hadn't been gone for long, they couldn't be too far away. Using divination also wouldn't waste time and make him get lost like a fool.
"Please take good care of yourself."
"Sure."
__
Klein Moretti was, in fact, lost.
Something interfered with his divination, making Klein fail to find the whereabouts of Cale or the others. Not only that, Klein completely failed to divinate anything.
All he could rely on at the moment was his instinct to socialize.
Entering a restaurant, Klein started asking where exactly was the rock tower that everyone was talking about. He still slightly remembered which path to take later when returning home, but he did not know where the rock tower was or the main benchmark before heading back to the Inn.
Sigh... Did the god of death cause all the failures of his divination? If so, what did he want? Or rather, was this a punishment for Klein ignoring the god's request?
Cale once told him about a priest who had left the church but could still communicate with his god just because the god wanted it...
Tap
"Hmm?"
The sound of footsteps approaching, Klein managed to dodge before the woman's hand touched his shoulder.
The fact that Klein only heard the footsteps when she was close was really worrying...
"Who are you?"
Short hair, good body proportions, a pretty face that looks quite manly because of its strong demeanor. Outfit as a traveler that shows off the muscles in her arms...
"The god of death said you should be careful. Him, who comes from outside the barier, is bound to get involved in any trouble. It's your choice to save yourself or go help those who have nothing to do with you."
"What?"
___
Cale let out a sigh of relief when he was able to return to the Inn. The rock tower was disappointing, but at least Cale had seen the famous place talked about in the novel. The atmosphere in this city was also relatively calm and comfortable compared to the bustling Rain City.
"Hong? Did you still find the stone?" Choi Han asked when he saw Hong who was still spinning around at the foot of the sofa.
The boy left the pile of rocks that he and Ohn had prepared for today. And since the Rock tower was also not as beautiful as they imagined, as well as the extremely hot weather, no one wanted to go back just to pick up stones. Ohn offered to pick out other stones that they could use to build the tower.
"Oh? You're back."
Klein Moretti's voice from the main door startled them all. The young man who said he wanted to rest had appeared from outside.
"Young master Klein, you went to catch up with us?"
"Haha yes, I saw this by accident and intended to return it to Hong. Who would have thought that I would get lost?"
Klein squatted down, giving the rock still covered by the handkerchief to Hong.
"You may have made your own rock tower, but I have no intention of throwing this away."
"Thank you."
Klein nodded and immediately said goodbye to go back to his room.
The friendly smile disappeared immediately and Klein did his best not to slam the door to his own room.
"Ugh."
His body immediately fell to the floor, his breathing was labored and everything looked so chaotic.
His hand was used to cover his own mouth, avoiding any sound coming out of it. Everything seemed so sensitive, the room lights were too bright, the voices of all the servants were too noisy, even the smell from the kitchen he could feel is too strong.
It's too much.
"Cough"
His cough was unbearable again. For the first time in this universe, Klein felt again the sensation of maggots coming out of his body one by one.
There were no blood stains, but Klein really hated this sensation. Hated all the maggots that started falling from his face and mouth.
It took a few minutes for Klein to regain his sanity and avoid the dangerous loss of control. After all, if there was one power Klein relied on most, it was to endure all the pain of almost losing control.
"Haaa... Haaa... "
Unable to climb onto his mattress, Klein just lay quietly on the floor while looking at the several maggots coming out of his body. Something like this should not have happened to the beyonder of sequence 9 even though they were at the limit of lost control. But, Klein had many other reasons why this could happen.
Should he destroy this part of his body?
He could use this as a charm later though...
Alright, better save it for now. With his almost gone willpower, Klein managed to get up briefly to collect the five scattered maggots. He put them in a handkerchief and put them back in the magic bag.
"That bastard god... When I get my strength back, I'll make sure he suffers the same torture while communicating with me."
In an instant, Klein Moretti lost consciousness without being able to return to the bed.
"Young master Klein!"
Choi Han, who had just managed to open the door to Klein's room, immediately shouted in panic when he saw the owner of the room already lying limp on the floor.
"Take him to bed." Cale gave the order quickly and went to find Ron. It didn't take too long because Ron had been nearby since he heard Choi Han's voice.
"Cale-nim, I didn't find any sign of violence. There doesn't seem to be any fighting incident here either... "
Cale walked over, trying to examine Klein's condition while waiting for Ron to come to bring the priest. He already suspected that Klein was not in good health when he returned from whatever place it was. What's more, Klein said that he was lost.
Klein Moretti would never get lost while possessing the divination ability he was so proud of.
Moreover... His breathing looked messy while talking to Ohn and Hong. He also reluctantly looked at Cale and Choi Han, probably knowing that both of them would immediately realize the problem.
Now, this young man was lying limply on his bed. He did not look likely that he would wake up anytime soon. Well, Cale still has business here, he hasn't finished taking the ancient power of the vitality of the heart yet... They could delay the departure to the capital.
"Did Klein get sick a lot before the incident that day?" Cale asked the servant who came from the Moretti family. Besides Mori, the butler, Klein always brought this middle-aged woman with him wherever he went.
"No. Young Master Klein is indeed a person who often spends his time reading and solving internal problems in Moretti County without wanting to do any outside activities, but he is a very healthy young man. He doesn't get sick easily, as I recall. Young Master Klein was sick for three days at most. And that's very rare case"
Frowning, Cale recalled the conversation about the interaction between Klein Moretti and the God of Death and the consequences of that interaction.
Did the god of death try to communicate with him again while Cale was away?
"The priest is present."
Making way for the priest who was brought over, Cale watched the performance of the old man. There was no reaction from Klein whatsoever. The young man was completely silent, making the priest frown.
"His insides are a mess. Was this young master just got attacked?"
"Huh?"
Well, this was unexpected. All Cale knew was that Klein had always suffered consequences from his interactions with the god of death. But he never said that the side effects would be this severe.
"Hmm... But there is no obvious wound from the outside. Compared to the attack from the mage, he looks like he was... Afflicted by a curse."
"Curse?" Choi Han asked because he was too surprised.
"I can't say this is a fact, but it looks like the work of someone who cursed this young master. He triggered the curse placed on his body, making the internal parts of the young master fall apart. I think he's been suffering for quite some time."
No one knew about this. The priest who had handled Klein Moretti when he was in Henituse County never said this either. They did not conclude that what happened to Klein was the result of a curse.
Then, why would this conclusion be mentioned when they were in puzzle city?
Klein Moretti... What was he doing when they didn't meet just a few hours ago?
Notes:
Hello everyone... Haha, I didn't expect that I wouldn't update for a long time. As I said before, I intended to use my time off work to play games. Then after that, I found an interesting manhwa to fill my free time. Believe me, for someone who has no friends, reading novels is something that keeps my sanity. Then yes... I got a bit carried away while looking for a better translation of the novel, then replaced to another novel that already had many chapters. I'm currently reading Turning...
Chapter 15: Coincidence
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"I haven't seen you for three hours and you're already on the brink of death again"
"Hahaha"
Just as Klein opened his eyes, he immediately heard the cold voice of Cale Henituse.
Well, it would be annoying to have a partner who was often sick, right? Especially since they were on their way to the capital...
"Hmm... Maybe we can leave at different times? I can separate our schedules if you mind. Well, it only takes a few more days to get to the capital right? Hmm, it might be more inconvenient then, but... "
Tak
"Ouch."
Klein touched his forehead where the red head had just flicked. Those delicate fingers were surprisingly strong. Who would have thought that a Klein Moretti would feel the pain of being flicked by Cale Henituse?
"That's not the answer I wanted"
"Oh?"
Cale let out a long sigh. Seeing Klein who actually had a different idea to what he meant made Cale quite upset, but he was also lazy to justify the misunderstanding.
"Are you communicating with the god of death again?"
"A little."
"The priest who came said that you're under a curse"
"Huh? What curse?"
Klein looked at Cale in confusion. Curse? A priest said he had a curse? What curse was being talked about here?
"Your insides are a mess. He said, you triggered the curse stored in that part of your body, then made everything fall apart."
"Uh..."
Well, that was wrong. The reason why his insides could be called a mess was not because of the result of the curse, but because the shackles that were trying to restrain the flow of power from Klein were forced open by him.
Within a short time after his encounter with the priest at the restaurant, Klein went straight to a deserted place and started performing rituals to communicate with the god of death.
Through his agony phase, Klein managed to hear information from the god.
Cale Henituse...
Compared to Choi Han, a regressor, the god of death suspiciously continued to provide information related to Cale Henituse. If Klein dared to assume the meaning of the little information he had gotten, Cale Henituse was the one who would later play an important role in the god of death's plan.
But why? Why Cale Henituse?
Wouldn't it make more sense for the god of death to provide information about Choi Han more often?
The problem was, the god of death openly wanted Klein Moretti to be involved with everything that Cale Henituse would later do. The words of the priest he met were a message from the god of death that want to told him about this matter and Klein, who at this time, still had a chance to step back.
But...
Looking at the red-haired youth in front of him, the youth who did not realize how exhausting his life would be... Klein didn't know what power this young man had now, or what power he would have later, but one thing was certain, Klein Moretti was the only one with the strongest power here.
If all his shackles are off, he won't let go of the balance of his revenge either.
What does the world want from Klein Moretti? To ask for help but at the same time lock up his power? Does he have to win with the power of friendship? Bullshit.
What the god of death meant was that he became the guide for Cale Henituse? The new hero for the future of this universe?
"Please don't worry. What I'm experiencing now is not something that will bother you or anyone else later. Once again, sorry to trouble you. We can leave for the capital whenever you want."
Normally, Cale would be happy to hear that someone was willing to not make his life a hassle, but Klein Moretti said that too sincerely, to the point Cale frowned in displeasure.
"Whatever. We can leave tomorrow when you're ready."
Rising from his seat, Cale chose to drink some alcohol and continued thinking about the plan for the capital later. Well, that was delayed because Klein grabbed his wrist and said nothing.
"What?"
".. Your power, ancient power... Did you get a new power?"
"Yes."
"Is it going to be okay?"
"Hmm?"
Klein stared at him, clearly visible traces of worry in the brown irises.
"Having more than one ancient power in your body, is that okay for your plate?"
Unlike his case of becoming a beyonder from drinking potions and drinking potions to advance the sequence, Klein at least remained on the same pathway.
Even for beyonders, they could only switch pathways when they became high sequence, and even then, it was not an easy thing to do.
Why is everything so troublesome? It's because the stronger they are, the stronger the defense balance in their bodies, or in this universe, maybe it's called a plate.
And Cale Henituse was a young man who according to Arrodes, had a large plate, but was also weak. There was no trace of mana on his body, making it impossible for Cale to become a mage.
He also didn't train himself with any weapons, making his physique practically ordinary.
The plate possessed by this young man was weak.
Would it be okay to have more than two ancient powers in a weak plate?
"This power makes me much stronger" Cale's calm reply left Klein speechless.
Strong... Indeed, Klein could feel that the ancient power from before seemed a little more organized. The aura of Cale was also very good, it did not look like someone who was on the verge of death or any other symptoms.
Don't be a greedy human.
"Cale"
".. "
"Are you a responsible person?"
"What kind of question is that? Of course I'm a responsible person."
Cale looked even more confused by Klein's nonsense. Of course he was the responsible one! That was the reason why he had bothered to release the young dragon from the torment, the same reason why he had finally accepted the young dragon to be a part of his small group.
Isn't it the responsibility of adults to guide the younger ones? Even if they are dragons here?
Klein smiled bitterly when he heard that answer. With the great power, so it's responsibility.
"If you later gain new powers, please, before that, think about the condition of your own plate. You can't keep harboring great power if your body is weak."
Maybe... If Klein managed to help Cale Henituse and Choi han, his unofficial mission in this universe would be completed.
After that, He didn't know. Maybe he could return to his own universe or die somewhere else.
___
"He's a strange human"
"Tsk."
Cale was still in his room, waiting for Hans and everyone else to prepare for their departure tomorrow.
Ohn, Hong and the young dragon still on the balcony of his room were busy playing. Well, the young dragon was busy engaging Cale in conversation, about Klein Moretti.
"Who's the strange human?" Hong asked.
"The human with black hair, brown eyes who just woke up."
"Oh! It's Klein!"
"You met Klein? When we came for you that day, Klein was also actually in the plan. Do you remember the white stars on Cale and Choi Han's shirts? Klein sewed them so beautifully!"
"Why didn't he come with you? Is he so weak? Tsk, but that human is just as weak as him"
The young dragon, Ohn and Hong were now looking at Cale who was still sitting casually.
"Hmm? Klein is the same as me?"
Even with his two ancient powers? Not to be arrogant, but physically, Cale was sure that he was healthier compared to Klein Moretti, especially after receiving Vitality of the heart.
But this young dragon said they were equal. Which meant, in power, Klein Moretti was equal to him.
"Yes. I can't explain it yet, but he has something similar, but different from your power. This great dragon will explain again when I understand."
"Sure. I'll wait for that day."
Hiding a smile of his own, the young dragon continued to talk about his observations on Klein Moretti.
"Humans are hard to understand. Why is he worried about you when he himself is in pain? You're obviously fine. Weak human, are you hiding something?"
"I'm fine. Very healthy, and far from any illness"
Klein Moretti was indeed strange, especially after he woke up today. The trembling hands, the pain and worry that emerged from his eyes... For a moment, Cale thought that Klein was holding back his own tears.
But, all those feelings were directed at Cale.
And another question popped into his head now. Why?
Cale was not used to such gazes being given to him. Perhaps that was also why Cale felt so annoyed at his conversation today with Klein Moretti.
"Tsk, really annoying"
___
Their carriage stopped. Cale opened his window slightly to see who was disturbing his journey this time.
"Shit."
He almost slammed the window when he saw who was there. Of all the people! Why did it have to be Taylor and Kage! Just last night he had made sure that Ohn and Hong had gotten the message to Taylor, and now, they were meeting?
"Oh? They... " Klein, who was also peeking could only remain silent. The two people there were the ones he had met at the restaurant yesterday. The priest and the paralyzed youth.
Now, Klein could see who they were from the family symbol on the rather ugly horse-drawn carriage.
"Taylor Sten... "
"Oh! Cale, do you think they know that we came last night? Is that why they're meeting us?" Hong asked worriedly.
"No, they don't. They won't know who sent the letter. Our meeting here must be a coincidence. After all, they are also heading to the capital" Cale's answer made Hong and Ohn calmer. They were both just afraid that the easy mission would turn out to be a mess.
"No."
"Hmm?"
All eyes were now on Klein who had just closed the window again.
"Cale, a coincidence can be called a coincidence if it happens once or twice. If it's more than three, someone must have planned it."
Cale paused for a moment before asking.
"And who do you think planned this 'coincidence'?"
"Of course, a god. Who else do you think could have done this?"
Notes:
Well, after reading lotm, my writing style became that of a yapper. Klein Moretti and all his overthinking... Anyway, if Yrh-nim would make Cale Henituse's observation skill as detailed as what cuttlefish wrote for Klein Moretti, the lout of count family would probably have more than 1500 chapters by now.
Anyway, I suddenly got an idea... What if Cale Henituse gets an advisor? Hahaha
Chapter 16: A popular character
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"We'll talk later"
"Sure"
Klein, who had intended to come out, was gently pushed by Cale to return to his seat.
"Hmm? Shouldn't I greet them too?"
"You said you wanted to avoid the priest of the god of death"
"Oh, I met them before. It was rude of me to leave them too soon without a reason, I want to apologize"
"That's a more appropriate reason why you don't need to meet them now. Stay still"
".. Oh, sorry"
"Tsk."
Klein suddenly understood. Cale Henituse was a person who did not like it when his problems faced too many problems because too many people were involved. And Klein, by nature, was a person who liked to entertain any conversation directed at him, it took quite a long time for him to finish chatting with other people.
Cale Henituse just wanted to quickly finish the conversation between himself and the two people. If Klein came along, their conversation would take longer.
....
"I should have greeted you with more polite etiquette. But as you can see, I can't do that right now"
"I know, and I don't really care either"
Taylor smiled as he saw that the attitude shown by Cale Henituse was exactly what was rumored.
"I'm Taylor Sten, the eldest son of the Sten family and this is my best friend, Kage"
Cale nodded, silently confirming that the faces of the two people really matched what was described in the novel.
"I know that this seems very impolite, but I would really like to ask for your help in sharing the rest area. But, if you're not willing, we can leave."
Listening to Taylor's explanation, Cale looked at the surrounding area. This place had already been designated as the resting place for all of them. If one followed the normal life of nobles, not many would be willing to share a resting place with other nobles for their own convenience. Taylor Sten knew that, and Cale knew why he still asked for permission to share the common area even though it was not a normal thing for nobles to do.
Crappy horse-drawn carriages, equally crappy facilities, who knows how much more money they have at the moment. Not to mention, the security issue.
Taylor Sten really did not look like a noble who wanted to go to the capital.
"I don't really care. This is neither my land nor my family's, we are free to use it together"
"Thank you."
To maintain his trashy image, Cale knew he should have refused Taylor's request. But, his very much mature man soul refused this silly game. His new life was his, he would act according to whatever he wanted.
"Hans, serve them like you serve me too"
"Young master, you really are a wise young man! I will do as you wish!"
The response from Hans was too eager for someone who was told to serve others, but Cale didn't care.
"Hilsman, talk to the knight about the shift schedule"
"Yes, young master Cale!"
Cale sighed for a moment, ever since Choi Han left, Hilsman had been really enthusiastic about work. Well, that's not a bad thing though.
"Young master Cale"
Before Cale could turn back, he heard Kage's voice behind him. Here we go.... he really can't avoid this woman.
Coincidence... The words of Klein began to appear in his head.
"Yes. Do you have something to say?"
"I heard that young master Klein Moretti is traveling with you to the Capital, is that true?"
Knew it. The fact that information like this could still be obtained by Taylor showed that their condition was not too bad, and Cale had also expected that one of them would ask about Klein, especially when the young man met the two in the puzzle city.
"Yes. His condition hasn't been good since the puzzle city, he said he got lost for a while before finding his way to our inn. Then, he got sick afterward."
The lie smoothly came out of his mouth.
"Oh... That... " The woman in front of him looked surprised by the information Cale gave.
"Is young master Klein still sick now? I'm a priest, maybe I can help him."
"He is asleep. His condition is much better now."
That meant they didn't need Kage.
"Alright. Thank you for helping us young master Cale, the rumors around you are really just rumors"
"Whatever."
With that, Cale got into his carriage. Greeted by Ohn, Hong and Klein who were looking at him curiously.
"I'm fine. Why are you scaring a young lady like her?"
"Did you hear our conversation?"
"Arrodes showed us everything!" Ohn replied enthusiastically.
Klein showed off Arrodes' mirror that still showed the scene outside the carriage as if it were a cameraman in a movie.
"To what extent can the mirror show something?"
"It depends on how much detailed information the place Arrodes and I had at the moment"
"Sometimes, being weak is a very powerful weapon"
"Agreed."
Klein nodded in agreement without much questioning. Well, he didn't really want to talk to the priest right now either, Cale's reasoning made sense and also the strength of his rumor as an arrogant young master played an important role.
"That dragon... Have you accepted him as part of the group now?"
"Even if I have not. He will still do whatever he wants."
"Two cats, one dragon... "
If one ordinary person was surrounded by unique and powerful individuals, there was nothing to worry about. Because it could be that this very ordinary person is the reason why they gathered.
You know, sometimes, strong individuals still need something normal so that they can enjoy their lives, or just find something new.
Cale Henituse is bound to be the center of all the world's problems in the future.
Klein smiled. Well, he had already made his choice to help the two protagonists in this world, might as well do it right.
___
"Sigh... What kind of powerful mage is targeting us? Why can't I detect anyone? Taylor... "
"Kage, it's not your fault. They're targeting me."
Hans looked awkwardly at the two people in front of him. He had wanted to tell them that the dead animal in front of them right now was not something used as a threat, but the result of hunting.
Hans himself did not know who often kept the results of their hunting as gifts for the convoy of the Henituse family, but as long as there was no significant threat, Hans thought everything would be fine.
Vicross, after all, always seemed to be in a slightly better mood whenever he found fresh meat.
Everything was fine. He wanted to say this to Taylor Sten who looked depressed.
"Oh, you got the wrong idea young master Taylor"
A calm and polite voice came from behind. For the first time since they left with Cale Henituse's entourage, they could finally see Klein Moretti.
"Greeting young masters. We finally meet again, I heard that you were sick, is it much better now? I'm very much sorry that we made a bit of a fuss here."
That gentle smile greeted them, making Taylor and Kage pause as they received the friendly greeting from the young master. Meanwhile, Cale Henituse behind him was silent and did not seem to want to interrupt anything.
"No need to worry. I woke up because it was time to get up, and so did young master Cale. And I am not that weak, just need some time to rest and everything will be fine. Apologize, I didn't have time to greet you more politely that time. Young master Taylor, Lady Kage, it's such a beautiful morning, wouldn't it be better to spend it in a calmer mood?"
"About that... We are worried that this animal might become a symbol of threat to those who know of our existence here" Taylor said those words languidly.
"No, It didn't. We do have someone who hunts and likes to put his kills here. He's a shy person, so it's only natural that you've never seen him."
Taylor and Kage were suddenly embarrassed when they heard the brief explanation from Cale Henituse. In this morning, they made a fuss by overthinking what turned out to be a misunderstanding...
"Don't worry, with this hunting result, we can enjoy a delicious meal"
"He's right. Vicross is a great chef, you guys can have steak later."
Taylor and Kage nodded without saying anything. Half the reason was because they were still shy, the other one was confused by Cale's attitude that seemed completely different from what the rumors said.
The young master never left his carriage if it was not time to rest, never spoke to anyone if it was not needed, but everyone here obeyed his requests without question.
The power of everyone here's trust in their master was truly strong.
And also... Since it was their first time seeing Cale and Klein together, they seemed closer than Taylor and Kage thought.
Cale Henituse was not a trashy young man like what others said. But they also knew that Cale Henituse was not a friendly young man.
But now, the cold young man, albeit looking lazy, still went with Klein to watch Vicross cutting meat.
The young master with red hair who rarely spoke had become more talkative in the company of Klein Moretti. Who would have thought that the two cousins would be so close to each other?
___
"Stop bothering Vicross"
"Ey, I was just looking. Doesn't Vicross's meat cutting technique look very smooth? Look, all the cuts are perfect."
Klein, despite having seen Vicross cut meat perfectly many times, was still amazed. As someone who loved to cook, Klein truly envied Vicross' knife technique.
The requirements to be a chef in a noble family, especially the Henituse family, must be really strict.
"He's good with his knife. It's a natural thing" Cale meant that Vicross was not only good at cutting meat, but also at torturing humans with a knife.
"Vicross."
"Yes, young master."
The chef, who had been listening to the light debate between Cale and Klein, finally opened his voice when Klein called out to him.
"Let me help. I want to-"
"Let's go"
"Eh?! "
Before Klein could finish his request, Cale had already pulled his hand away from Vicross. Inwardly, the red head demanded a thank you from Klein Moretti because he had just saved his cousin's life.
Helping Vicross cook? Why not just hasten his death?
"Oh, young dragon"
Cale watched the young black dragon who finally showed himself after they were in a quieter place. Klein smiled as he greeted him.
"My hunting is awesome, isn't it?"
"Indeed" Cale nodded in agreement.
"I brought an apple. Would you like to accept this apple as a token of gratitude for the meat? I know it's not worth the effort you put into the hunt, but it's my choice of apple. The best of the best."
Klein took an apple out of his pocket, handing it to the young dragon who did not hesitate to accept it.
"Hunting is not a difficult thing. You humans are too weak for that. This great dragon accepts this apple because I am a good and great dragon"
Klein chuckled as he watched the young dragon eat the fruit with gusto after realizing that it really tasted good.
"You really know how to make little kids happy huh" Cale commented.
Little kids... Klein suddenly remembered his niece. How is that kid doing now? Must be okay, right?
"And these kids like you. They probably secretly see you as a cool adult. Handsome, rich, nice, cold, cool-"
"Shut up!"
Cale shut his cousin up before continuing with his nonsense. Klein on the other hand, suddenly remembered a fantasy novel he had read.
Characters like this Cale Henituse must be very popular among readers.
Notes:
After rereading... Why does it look like a romance? It's not like I'm against it... Anyways, wouldn't a character like Cale Henituse be popular? Of course this is just my opinion because I read LCF because I was too in love with Cale's character...
And lotm? I read because they have godly fan art. Who would have thought that the first 20 chapters of LOTM gave me a headache because of the incredible detail. Klein was just describing his cheap room, but I'm not sure if I could understand that at the time.
Chapter 17: Not a very peaceful day
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
After passing through various obstacles on the road, they all finally arrived at the capital of the Roan Kingdom.
"I did not expect young master Taylor to have such a high alcohol tolerance" Klein commented after seeing Taylor's fine condition after the four of them had been drinking all night.
Among the four, Kage had the worst hangover. The woman was trying her best to sober up despite being awake from earlier. Klein himself was not much better. Compared to his drinking at the Inn that day, their party yesterday had actually made Klein even more drunk.
Cale, especially Taylor, still looked fine.
Well... If Klein did not know the facts about Cale Henituse and his high alcohol tolerance, he would probably think that the red head was already drunk.
"Uh... I'm going to throw up" The smell of alcohol on this carriage was too strong.
"The guards are coming. Use your magic tools."
Receiving the order, Kage and Taylor immediately grasped the necklace that Cale had given them. In an instant, the two of them were invisible to anyone.
"Klein"
"Yes?"
"Support me."
"What?"
The carriage door was knocked, and Klein had a moment before he managed to restrain Cale Henituse's body that was about to fall.
"Pardon us, but young master Cale is quite drunk" Klein immediately showed his charm as a friendly nobleman to the two guards who panicked when they saw Cale about to fall.
"Move aside."
"Excuse us a moment"
Klein, who was eventually helped by one of the guards, took Cale to the side of the carriage before conducting an inspection. Two young nobles had come to the capital at the direct invitation of the crown prince, and both of them had been binge drinking since who knows when.
The smell of alcohol was already clinging to the carriage seats.
"You guys still haven't finished?" The question from Cale Henituse made the two guards flinched and immediately bowed respectfully.
"The inspection is complete. Please continue your journey, welcome to the capital of our Roan Kingdom."
Klein flashed a friendly smile to the two guards before helping Cale to get in.
The door closed, their carriage rode off.
"Welcome to the capital."
Taylor's laughter greeted them.
"Yes. It's been a long time since I came to the capital. Young master Cale, young master Klein, this is your first time in the capital, isn't it?"
"Yes. The atmosphere here is not much different from Moretti county, but the buildings are certainly more advanced than ours" Klein came up with an alibi.
Cale did not answer, but no one cared too much about that.
"Young master Cale, young master Klein... Please be careful with the crown prince."
"Oh?" Now, Cale responded. It was actually rather funny when Taylor Sten told this information to Cale and Klein. As a reader of <The birth of a hero>, of course Cale understood why he should be careful of Alver Crossman.
It wasn't like he was a typical evil crown prince...
Instead, for readers, Alver is a character that makes the story more interesting. About how cunning he is and his other charms.
It was just that Cale had no intention of interacting more with a human with a glib tongue like Alver.
"The crown prince? Alver Crossman?" On the other hand, Klein Moretti did not know.
Although he had gotten some information from Arrodes, he still did not know the personality of the crown prince.
And as a reader of fantasy novels that usually involve royal politics, Klein knew there were all kinds of crown princes in the world. And all of them are better avoided if we meet them in person.
Anyway, Klein remembered that he had a private meeting with the crown prince.
"Hmm... What's the right word to describe him? "
"He has a glib tongue."
"Ah yes! Eh? That's... " Taylor panicked slightly as he immediately agreed with what Cale Henituse said.
"Don't worry. I also have the same power of a tongue" Cale gave a small smile. Dealing with someone who had a glib tongue was annoying, but it was a different case if you also had the same ability.
"Young master Cale, you look like a bad guy, very suitable" Kage commented upon seeing the smile on the red head's face. Her eyes now looked at Klein who was still silent.
"Oh, will young master Klein be staying at the Henituse family's place too?"
"Yes. Since the leadership affairs of Moretti county have not been finalized and the royal party already has their own candidate, there are some facilities that I cannot use. One of them is the Moretti family mansion in the capital" Klein said as he recalled that he was really under the responsibility of the Henituse family.
"Do you intend to continue the leadership of young master Benson?" Taylor asked. He was quite familiar with Benson who used to meet often at events.
The only Moretti family that never appeared in public was Klein Moretti. Klein Moretti hadn't even made his debut as a member of the Moretti family. Roughly speaking, Klein was just Klein, not a noble of the Moretti family.
"No, no. I don't intend to continue what Benson did. This might be my first and last moment as a noble appearing at a royal event" Klein chose to be honest.
It was a bit regrettable that he was letting go of all of Benson's hard work. But, he was also not someone who could be trusted to be the Count.
Klein Moretti held tight to his selfish choice to be free.
"We've arrived" Cale announced their destination.
After saying their greetings, the two young men dismounted from their carriage.
Dozens of servants were already lined up to greet the two, bowing with tension when they saw that Cale Henituse had arrived.
Holding his own sigh, Cale briefly greeted all the servants there. Not forgetting to convey the message not to overdo it in serving himself and Klein Moretti. After all, this tension was making even himself uncomfortable.
"Klein"
"Yes?"
Klein, who was just about to walk towards his room, stopped his steps when Cale called out.
"I have something to talk about."
"Oh? Sure."
Not knowing what would happen, Klein chose to go inside Cale's room. They had rested enough on the road, his body condition was also fine. There was nothing wrong with not delaying this serious conversation.
"Klein! This house is so nice!"
Hong and Ohn jumped back and forth, delighted by the unbelievably luxurious quality of the rooms. Even a five-star hotel did not compare to the quality of the Henituse family's home.
Klein himself wondered what about the Moretti family's house here. Was the quality not far from that of the Henituse family?
Hans and Vicross entered the room with the food they had brought. It was a lot and Klein was suddenly hungry.
The food from Vicross' hands is an art. It would be a loss if Klein didn't sample at least one dish here.
"Hey, come in and enjoy this meal. You've given us so much and you've only received apples from Klein since yesterday."
Klein and Cale both looked up at the balcony. Well, Klein could see the young dragon through his spirit vision, but Cale could tell the dragon's presence from instinct.
Starting from the moving leaves, they all began to see the young dragon showing itself. He headed straight for the steak that smelled appetizing.
Without paying much attention, both Cale and Klein ate their respective portions. The atmosphere was very calm, no one disturbed anyone.
"The crown prince may want you to remain a count"
"I have sworn to serve the Henituse family."
"And what will you do while serving us?"
"Being your servant? You know that I and my powers are useful."
Finished with his food, Klein took out a paper and pen from his pocket. He wrote something there before taking out the pendant and starting the divination.
".....Choi han's whereabouts"
The sentence was said seven times before Klein went into a deep slumber.
A few seconds later, the brown irises opened. He looked at the door of this room and then at Cale Henituse who was waiting for the answer to his divination.
"Did you two make an appointment to meet here? I don't know what mission you gave Choi Han, but he has returned. With a woman, a mage, and a teenage boy who looks sick. Is this part of the plan?"
"What?" Cale almost spilled the alcohol he was holding.
Choi Han is already here? How could that be? Did that crazy young man run with superpowers? Moreover... Cale remembered that he had told Choi Han where to go when he arrived at the capital.
Clearly, that place was not here.
The knock on the door made the young dragon who had been busy eating while watching Klein immediately hide himself. Ohn and Hong also immediately ran around to behave like normal cats.
"They're in front of the room"
Klein's calm statement could only make Cale sigh. It just.... Why did nothing go according to plan?
"Cale-nim! I'm sorry, I know it's not what we agreed, but right now! I don't know who to go to except this place!" As soon as Cale opened the door, Choi Han's panicked voice reached his ears.
On his back, there was already Lark who looked so weak. There was also Rosalyn who looked confused, but believed in Choi Han's decision to go here. Oh, there was also Hans who was looking at them all in confusion.
"Bring him in. Hans, bring a drink for our guest."
"Eh? Oh, alright young master!" Hans left quickly after Choi Han, Lark and Rosalyn entered the room.
"Cale-nim... What exactly happened?" Choi Han asked worriedly. Lark looked so weak, his fever was also high and none of the potions had any effect on his body.
"Hmm? Is this what they called berserk mode?" Klein, who had helped Choi han lay Lark down on the bed, asked everyone there.
"But from my knowledge, any animal tribe that goes into berserk mode does not have symptoms like this" Rosalyn answered the question.
"That's because this is his first time experiencing berserk. It's natural that his body response would be like this" Cale added the information they didn't know. Any berserk experienced for the first time by the animal tribe would definitely be painful, but Lark was specially endowed with pureblood bloodlines, making his first berserk much more painful than the others.
"We have ten minutes before he's actually in the berserk state. Cale, do you have any recommendations for a place to solve this problem?" Klein asked.
At the same time, Hans walked in with his drink.
"Hans. Go to the training ground and tell all the knights to leave for a moment. We will be using that area. Guard the area and don't let anyone except those I authorize to enter."
"Yes sir" Hans did not know why they wanted to bring a sick child to the training ground, but the faces of Choi Han and the woman with him looked quite tense and hurried. Hans didn't intend to ask again.
"There are 9 minutes left. I will explain a few things to you two. Choi han, and... "
"Rosalyn."
"Okay. Choi han and Rosalyn, you two will be a bit battered for two hours."
The two names mentioned were silent, waiting for Cale Henituse's next instructions.
"Every tribe member who experiences berserk for the first time, usually they will be accompanied by a trusted family. But since you guys brought him here, I guess he has a different case. That's why, you, Choi Han and Rosalyn, you will act as mother and father to this child."
Cale looked briefly at Klein who was trying to carry Hong away from Lark's body.
"If you don't like the scenario, think of it as you're both big brother and sister to this kid. Are you willing to do that?"
"I'm ready. I am Lark's Hyung" Choi Han responded with confidence.
"He's just a kid" Rosalyn responded. The meaning of that sentence was a request to help Lark.
"I know" And Cale Henituse was willing to help.
"6 more minutes. We don't have much time" Klein's calm voice made them all move quickly to the training ground.
Notes:
So.... I am in the mood to write this hohoho, did you guys like it?????
Chapter 18: Should we keep this secret?
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"Wow."
The five people behind the shield muttered at the same time as they saw the power of Lark's berserk. The quality of the training ground floor, which was obviously strong, now had many cracks around it as Lark had been continuously slamming punches into the floor.
Ohn, Hong and the young dragon were busy watching Lark's fighting style, just like what Cale Henituse had previously asked them to do.
Klein himself was just happy that he could see this moment with his own eyes. It was also his first time seeing a pure mage perform in Battlefield.
Rosalyn is a mage, born because the flow of mana in her body was unusually strong and she was trained to master magic from a young age.
"You did divination on that child?"
"No. Isn't it rude to try to find out information from a living human without their permission? I can only predict when he will enter berserk state through spirit vision"
"You can perform divination on the dead?"
Cale, who regretted not having brought alcohol, chose to talk to his cousin.
"The dead can still talk. Of course, the dead can't stay dead too long or their spirits will leave first."
"You can predict the future?"
"Hmm... A little? But, rather than the future, it would be more accurate to say that I can predict the dangers around me. If someone comes to my room or knocks on my door, even without divination, I can see who is coming."
Cale nodded in understanding. It felt that Klein Moretti's abilities were really useful especially when the owner understood what he could do.
"I don't know much about ancient powers or the side effects of two powers in the same body. But, what I have is not something dangerous. The Indestructible Shield, as the name suggests, is a shield. And the Vitaliy of the heart is useful only for myself, making my immune system stronger."
Klein smiled happily as Cale was willing to share this information with him. He had gained the trust of the eldest son of the Henituse family, a future hero!
"Klein"
"Hmm?" Klein glanced at the young dragon who was now looking at him instead of looking at Lark who was attacking Choi Han and Rosalyn.
"That power of yours, is it magic? Why does it feel different? You're not a mage, but you seem to be using magic"
"Ah?"
Klein was a little speechless when he heard the innocent question from the 4-year-old dragon. Although he had already imagined that someday, someone would ask him this, he was still a little surprised.
"I can use magic, but my current ability is not related to magic. Since I've had it for a long time, I don't know exactly where this power came from. But, if I dare to assume, I can say that this power is a gift from the gods. Dragon-nim, have you ever met a priest?"
"Of course. The woman from that day was a priest, right?"
"That's right. Kage is a priest. She can heal the wounds of others with her god-given power. In addition to healing wounds, Kage can also curse others. Even though the power is already in her body, Kage must still use the name of the god of death to help her unleash the power in her body."
According to his own beliefs, everyone who chooses to become a beyonder will have a path to godhood. Basically, isn't their power the power of a god? It was just that they themselves were candidates for godhood.
For the Fool pathway itself, Klein believes that he was the only one who had reached the above sequence point. Well, he is still. fighting with the celestial worthy though... anyway, thats not the point. After all, quite a few people took potion seer as a beginner beyonder.
"You can use magic? Like that mage did?"
"No. I can only let out fire and shoot things with wind"
"Why don't you use magic if you can? Magic is so great! Is it because you're a weak human and can't do what dragons do?"
Klein smiled a little when he heard that question. He did not know what the personalities of the dragons in this world were like, but certainly, this young dragon beside him still had a high degree of childlike innocence despite four years of torture by humans.
The fact that this dragon was still willing to communicate with humans was a gift in itself.
"Yes. I can't use magic as easily as a dragon can use their power. And again... Every time I use magic, even if only a little power comes out, I will suffer the consequences of that."
The magic in question came from sequence 7, magician. For now, Klein still had to digest his seer potion as much as possible to immediately unseal his power in sequence 8, clown.
His body still could not accept the consequences if he insisted on using the power from sequence 7, Klein did not know how many more lives he had.
If he followed the rules, he had two lives left to spare. If he had not reached sequence three or two and died for the umpteenth time, he would have to sleep for a long time. Just like what was supposed to happen.
"Humans are really weak" The young dragon commented.
"Not all humans are weak. This case might just be me. As you can see, Rosalyn is an excellent mage. Each individual has their own skills."
"Klein is right. And since you're a dragon, doesn't even seeing Rosalyn's current ability make you understand magic better?"
Cale, who had been listening intently, tried to get into the conversation again. After all, the reason he brought Klein, Ohn, Hong and the dragon here was to learn.
"Of course. What that mage does is very easy"
"Klein, you said that you get consequences when you use magic. What will happen to you nya~?" Ohn asked, a little curious because Klein rarely talked about his own powers.
"Hmm. I will fall asleep"
"Sleep? Is sleeping a punishment nya?" Hong asked in confusion. On the other hand, Klein only smiled kindly. He had no intention of scaring the three kids here by saying that he would probably die if he used magic now.
"Yes, that is the consequence. I'm just going to sleep, but I don't know when I'll be able to wake up again. It might be in a day, or two days, it could be more than a week"
The four individuals around him immediately fell silent upon hearing that answer.
____
"Arrodes, has Cale left?"
"Yes great master. Cale Henituse and Choi han left five minutes ago. Would you like to know their destination?"
"No need. There are other things I want to know."
Klein sat down in his chair, a blank sheet of paper ready for him to write down important information before his arrival in a few days to meet with the crown prince of this kingdom.
"Alver Crossman, a crown prince who only has a title. The king prefers to give his support to the third prince. The second prince has a sizable faction. No one wants to support a crown prince who even looks easy to overthrow."
"Alver Crossman's mother was not a noble. The former queen, died when the crown prince was very young. The fact that Alver still has his title to this day means that he must have his own support. A personal support, powerful but hidden. The only ones on Alver Crossman's side are his mother's family. At least that is the most likely possibility."
Klein muttered under his breath. Gathering all the information he got from the book as well as from Arrodes quietly.
"What do you think is the crown prince's purpose in specially gathering the noble representatives from each region?"
"To research who is on the Roan kingdom's side and see who is likely to switch sides to support the crown prince"
"Makes sense"
"Great master, are you feeling nervous?"
"No, I'm not. Whatever happens, I don't want to be a count. It's better to use our time here to remove the shackles on my body and at least return to the Sefirah castle first"
It had been a long time since Klein had returned to his Sefirah castle. The place that was a disaster but also the only place where he could feel a high level of security.
As someone who did not have a home, Sefirah castle was a good enough home for him.
He could still feel the aura of the gray fog, but it was very thin. He still did not know who was trying to prevent him from returning to Sefirah, but Klein had also determined that he would take things slowly.
Here, he could not rush to accomplish anything.
"Great master, this puny servant of yours senses something odd about Cale Henituse. Do you think the same?"
Odd? Cale Henituse? Of course it is.
Knowing about the location of ancient power as if it was common knowledge that everyone could look up. The time gap for Cale to obtain two ancient powers was also quite close.
Cale Henituse knew where and what he had to do to get the power he wanted.
That kind of knowledge couldn't be known just because someone was looking for info.
He was also a very mature person. Although Klein knew that most nobles usually matured faster than their age, the case for Cale Henituse was different. His way of speaking, his mindset, his calmness, his intelligence, all of that could not be acquired without having a life experience.
And also... Rosalyn and Lark. Klein still hadn't figured out the true identities of the two of them. But the fact that Cale Henituse tried to bring Choi Han and those two people together meant that Cale knew who they were, and knew what would happen to Lark.
He also knew what happened to the young dragon who was being tortured for four years. Even without Klein's help, their plan would still work perfectly.
Cale Henituse is the future hero.
Choi han is the hero from the past who failed to fulfill his mission.
Choi han is a transmigrator.
If a transmigrator is labeled as failing to fulfill their mission, then, another transmigrator will appear.
Cale Henituse...
"People who come from outside the barrier are bound to face many problems" Klein recalled the death god's message to him.
There was a meaningful smile on that face. Staring at the mirror in his hand, Klein Moretti asked.
"Tell me Arrodes, should we greet that fellow transmigrator? Or do we keep quiet while watching him thinking that no one will suspect anything?"
Notes:
Hehehe.
Wait, I just realized... 4K HITS?!
Chapter 19: Let's make a deal
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Cale let out a long sigh. After successfully revealing the truth to Choi han at the church of the god of death, Cale felt a little relieved.
He changed his intention to tell Choi han about the transmigration issue. All of this was too soon for Cale to say, there were still other important things he had to tell Choi han first. After all, his intention was to settle the matter in the capital, then return to Henituse county with peace of mind.
Choi Han would continue his journey as a hero along with Rosalyn and Lark. Ron and Vicross would also later choose to go with Choi Han.
Cale saw no reason why he should join a party of heroes who were already perfect. Even if there was anything Cale wanted to do for them, it was just to let anyone among the heroes return to the Henituse county area in peace. Cale wanted to give at least a good impression of Henituse to all the heroes.
So that later, when the war broke out, even though Cale had escaped from here... All the party heroes would have the will to protect Henituse county.
"Cale-nim"
"What?"
Him and Choi Han were still on their way home. The young man beside him was still silent, not saying much after confirming that Cale promised to tell him information about the secret organization he was looking for.
"Does young master Klein know about this?"
"No. But I intend to bring him into the operation at Capital this time. His skills will be very helpful in making it easier for us to find the bomb."
"Human! I can find the bomb easily too! Why don't we search for it tonight?" The young dragon who already set up a shield around them so that no one would hear this conversation spoke loudly.
"We will indeed search for it tonight. If we don't find anything, we can continue tomorrow night. I have to talk to Klein first, and also Rosalyn. The more people, the better" Cale explained his plan to Choi Han and the young dragon.
Having dragons around who were willing to help with this operation was a great thing. But, Cale also knew that they would not easily find the location of the bomb. He also had a feeling that he could not avoid Klein from any trouble they would face.
"Human! It's Klein, him and all the Lark siblings are at the Plaza!"
Hearing this information, Cale immediately searched for his cousin's whereabouts. They didn't know each other's schedules, but Cale had no idea that Klein Moretti would take Lark and his siblings to play and shop at the Plaza.
From a distance... Cale, Choi Han, and the young dragon could see Klein smiling brightly as he engaged the children in conversation. Klein's ability to reply to every nonsense question directed at him came in handy when he was dealing with children.
In the next split second, their eyes met.
"Young master Cale, isn't the night atmosphere in this plaza so beautiful? Is this why you left together with Choi Han, without me?"
"Nonsense. I was just doing business" Cale reluctantly replied to his cousin's silly joke.
"Is that so? Hmm... I would like to ask for some time alone with you. Would you like to, young master?"
Cale wondered why Klein suddenly wanted to talk alone with him. That request also had the meaning that he did not want the young dragon, who usually followed Cale to participate in this private conversation.
"Ah, but... " Choi han was the first to express some hesitation in answering Klein's request.
"Choi han, don't worry. I have no intention of hurting my own cousin. Besides, I don't-"
"You misunderstood. Young master Klein, what I mean is that I'm just worried about the safety of you two. It's already midnight and you didn't bring a single knight"
Choi Han, who had just learned the information about what was going to happen in the capital naturally felt worried about the safety of Cale Henituse as well as Klein Moretti.
He did not understand why Klein could think that he suspected another motive that the young master of the Moretti family had for Cale Henituse.
"Ah?" Klein, who was speechless because he misunderstood, looked at Choi han in confusion.
"Don't worry. We'll be back in an hour. All of you please go home and rest. Klein, let's go."
Klein, who had just returned to his own mind immediately smiled happily and looked at Choi Han, Lark, all of Lark's siblings, and also the invisible dragon.
"Please don't worry. Even if there is danger, I will not let Cale Henituse get hurt! Hehe, good night everyone!"
___
"What were you talking about with Choi Han?"
"Nothing to do with you."
"Aw, so cold..."
Klein suddenly remembered his persona as the cold hunter, Gehrman Sparrow. After he communicated with a naturally cold person like Cale, Klein really realized that this personality was a bit annoying.
"I just thought that after your business at the church of the god of death, your relationship would become closer. But Choi han still looks like Choi han"
"Closer relationship? Are you drunk? I don't intend to have a close relationship with anyone."
The two of them were currently inside the bar on the top floor. Cale had rented this floor so that only the two of them would be there.
"Why?"
"Why do you want to know? By private conversation do you mean trying to interfere in my problems?"
Klein let out a long sigh. Cale Henituse was really secretive about personal matters.
"The reason I wanted to see you tonight was to confirm something. I thought, you were going to talk about transmigration to Choi han at the church of the god of death"
"Huh?"
"Yes. Aren't you a transmigrator too? Well, I know the case is different with Choi Han who appeared with his own identity. Unlike you who has another identity and lives in someone else's life as well. But I just thought, if you at least tell your fellow transmigrators about your situation, you two can share the burden."
Klein ignored Cale Henituse's slightly trembling fingers on the table. He intended to make this situation as casual as possible.
"Are you doing divination on me?" The question was asked in a heavy tone. Cale was just coming out of his brief shock.
"No."
"Did the god of death tell you this information?"
"No."
Klein smiled, pouring alcohol on Cale's glass as well as himself before drinking.
"Huuu... This is my own conclusion after seeing what's going on around you. Don't worry, even Choi han won't easily suspect you as a transmigrator"
"Oh? I almost thought that my acting all this time was in vain"
Cale drank his alcohol, calming down after being surprised by Klein Moretti. The young man before him did not intend to use this information as black mail, at least, Cale was sure of that.
"Choi han... Korean right? Are you also from Korea?"
"Yes. I fell asleep after reading five volumes of novels and woke up in the universe of those novels"
"Oh? You have the classic theme of isekai novels"
"Indeed."
Klein chuckled, not realizing that Cale was also smiling although it was barely visible.
"As for me... I did something stupid because I did a ritual from the ancient Chinese book I bought. Then after waking up, I was in someone else's body."
"Yes. That is foolishness."
Klein nodded in agreement. He still felt that performing the ritual was the stupidest thing he had ever done. Klein, no, Zhou Mingrui often wondered what fate he would have had if he had never performed the ritual.
Wouldn't it have been better if he had died a natural death?
"So, why didn't you tell Choi Han?"
"Same question for you too. Why did you go to see me first instead of Choi Han?"
"I was just curious. I intend to tell Choi Han if you tell him about this too."
Cale shook his head. He did not know why Klein was following what he was doing about this matter.
"Why follow what I'm doing? Just communicate directly with that man"
"In this universe, aren't you the only one who understands Choi Han's character the best? I'm sure that he's the main character of the novel you're reading."
"Choi han has vibes as a main character"
"Indeed"
Klein agreed on that point. Choi han really had everything that the main character of any isekai novel usually had.
"I'm just a side character. No intention of joining the hero party. Choi han and the people around him are perfect enough to solve all problems. I just want to retrieve useful things that no one knows about."
"Ancient power?"
"Yes."
Klein nodded in understanding. He actually did not really care what benefits Cale Henituse wanted to obtain for himself. After all, one of the reasons why Klein chose to become a beyonder was also because he wanted to have power. And why he move up to the next sequence, is just the selfish desire to avenge the death of the captain and everyone in Tingen city was enough to make him blind to his own circumstances.
"Cale, in my universe, we have a history of transmigrators as well. The only ones who know this fact are the transmigrators themselves. We are all strong individuals, but we are also just a miserable bastard. There is nothing wrong with you not wanting to interfere in Choi Han's matter, but... As you get stronger, your sense of responsibility will also grow."
Klein Moretti had already envisioned Cale Henituse and all the ancient powers he would have. This man did not look like someone who would run away from his problems.
"And your reason for talking to me about this? You know that we can live our own lives without knowing about the transmigration issue."
"No. I need you to know this. Perhaps, in the future, I will use a power that is quite familiar to those from Earth. I need someone to at least help me create an alibi."
Cale still had no idea what powers Klein possessed. The young man also did not intend to go into too much detail about his current beyonder power.
"And also... Wouldn't it be a little more fun and at ease if you realized you're not alone? One of my mistakes in the past was that I did everything by myself. So, in this opportunity, I want to do things together with others. Solve problems together, discuss the same things, and plan a future where we can live together."
Klein couldn't help but feel really lonely. He was afraid, very afraid that his presence would only bring disaster to the people he cared about.
But for now, at least nothing had happened yet. The attention of the other gods was nothing really disturbing except for the balance.
And... If someday, there was indeed movement from the gods that would endanger the humans here, Klein would leave them all and work at Sefirah Castle alone. Just like he did before.
"Alright. I'm not asking for much except to confirm this with you. If you need my help on the mission you want to do, just say so. I, Zhou Mingrui, am at your disposal for a gold coin fee" Klein smiled. His real name that he had not spoken for a long time..... A name that he kept in his heart, a beautiful memory and an anchor for himself.
After a long time, Zhou Mingrui smiled sincerely.
"My name is Kim Roksoo. And I need your help to find the bomb in the plaza tomorrow night."
"Huh? A bomb? Wait, is this revenge because I surprised you?!"
Klein almost dropped his glass when he heard Cale's request to him.
Notes:
I'm so sleepy... I'm sorry if this chapter is a bit out of the way
Chapter 20: An Oath
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"What are we going to do when the bomb is found?" Rosalyn asked.
Right now. The operation to rescue the plaza from the Roan Kingdom began. Cale, Klein, the young dragon, Ohn, Hong, Choi han and Rosalyn were already prepared in their respective disguises.
"Let's leave it alone first"
"So that they won't suspect that someone knows about this?"
"That's right."
Klein nodded in understanding. His eyes looked carefully at the point that Cale had marked on the map they had.
As Cale had explained, he only knew some of the locations of the bombs, not the actual area where the bombs were hidden. They all had to use their own mana sensitivity to find the bomb.
"Cale-nim, please provide drinks and food for us later"
"Don't worry. Work well and all the food you want will be provided."
Cale, as the one who served as the rallying point for their meeting later, was casually sitting while thinking of what he would do in this restaurant while waiting for everyone to work.
"Don't forget my fee" Klein said before taking Ohn in his arms.
"Oh? Young master Klein, is your pay different from ours?" Rosalyn, as a woman who was easy to socialize with, could not help but be familiar with Klein Moretti.
After her encounter with the young dragon who liked to be by Cale's side, Rosalyn was getting close to everyone around her at the moment.
"I want one of the bombs. Don't worry, I don't intend to become a criminal." Klein said casually as he explained his wish.
Well, he needed the bomb. Of all the weapons Klein had ever used, bombs were one of the things that had helped him the most when he was the beyonder of sequence 7, Magician.
The bomb was used like fireworks in a big circus show.
Klein still remembers that he always felt cool whenever his performance ended perfectly.
Now, another new mission in this universe began. Klein, who was in a good mood, took Ohn to leave with a happy feeling.
"There's no one around here"
"Okay."
Klein stood casually in one of the trees he found. The pendant he held to locate the bombs led the two to this place. Complete with divination, Klein Moretti confirmed that one of the bombs was placed here.
"Are we done?"
"Already!"
Ohn, who was in charge of marking the specific location of this place onto the map showed off her work to Klein.
Due to the large number of bombs and the short amount of time, they all had to split the team to speed up the operation.
Choi Han together with the young dragon.
Rosalyn and Hong.
Klein Moretti and Ohn.
"Alright. Let's go meet the others. Our work here is done."
"You seem to be in a good mood. Aren't you nervous about meeting the crown prince tomorrow?"
Ohn, who was back in Klein's hands, asked in a gentle tone.
"Nervous, but only a little. It's not like the crown prince will kill me if I refuse his wishes"
......
Cale Henituse let out a long sigh as he saw and heard Neo Tolz who was using his mouth for useless things.
Seriously, he's not a main character... Can he get past this cliché? Sigh, life as a noble is not easy.
"He's a nuisance. Should I kill him?"
Cale shook his head as he heard the vicious questions coming from the young dragons around him.
Of course, Neo thought that Cale was trying to respond to the trash talk he had previously said.
"Oh? Young Master Cale, you look upset. Do you want to throw a bottle of alcohol at me too?"
"Young master Cale will not do that. In honor of the crown prince and the other princes of this Kingdom we love so much, wouldn't it be better to resist the urge to drink alcohol for a while? I heard that the crown prince will have a separate party after today's meeting."
Klein Moretti's calm voice interrupted Neo Tolz's ridiculous bullying.
Wearing a simple but elegant outfit, Klein Moretti slightly straightened his black hair that was quite messy due to the wind in the morning.
"Ah... How beautiful the weather is this morning. The world seems to be welcoming all the aspiring young leaders from every region of the Roan Kingdom" Klein Moretti continued spitting bullshit in front of Neo.
"Tsk. Who are you to dare interrupt our conversation?"
"Ah? my apologies. I only heard your slightly off-topic remarks about young lord Cale, so I'm just giving my opinion. I'm Klein Moretti, nice to meet you young master Neo"
Before Neo could reply to the friendly greeting, Cale had already raised his hand towards Klein's back where Eric, Amiru and Gilbert were coming from the same carriage.
"Young master Cale! Young master Klein!"
Eric, as the oldest member there, really looked reliable. After receiving the code from Cale, Klein also escaped from Neo and let Eric solve this little problem.
"Young master Cale"
"What?"
Klein and Cale, who were walking side by side, started chatting casually.
"Are you going to throw me a bottle of alcohol if I pose with a finger heart in front of the crown prince?"
"I'll hit your head so you won't wake up again"
"Human! No! You can't hit Klein!"
Klein, who was surprised that the voices of the young dragon around them could be heard, couldn't help but chuckle.
"Dragon-nim, you are indeed a wise dragon. I'll make you some cake when we get home."
"Yeay! Klein, your cake isn't as great as Vicross, but, it's awesome! I want something sweet! Make this dragon a good cake!"
"Sure, I will"
Cale let out a long sigh. Letting Klein and the young dragon have their fun while Cale tried to get the best seats that could show the view of the big drama later.
One by one, the nobles began to appear, filling the large hall.
Their main guests, the princes of the Roan Kingdom, finally arrived. Showing off their good looks, with blonde hair and blue eyes, the princes showed the typical smiles of royalty.
Everything seemed to be going as planned. Cale, occasionally looking at the clock that was shown, was secretly impatient to see the drama that would soon appear before his eyes.
It had been a while since he feels happy about how much fun it was to see other people in trouble. Especially if that person was someone he didn't like.
Ah... What a time to look forward to...
___
"Young Master Klein, I see great potential in you to become the leader of Moretti county. Your brother often talks about how glad he is to have you as a younger brother to help him stand strong as a count and make all your people happy."
Klein smiled a little as he heard the beautiful compliment that smoothly came out of Alver Crossman's mouth. In his head, he was churning out cursing words because he was not thorough enough in this matter.
Klein Moretti was facing a problem he never expected to have.
At first, things went smoothly. Taylor and Kage arrived on time, making Venion Sten start a ruckus and make a fool of himself. The event went smoothly, with no interruptions at all.
Cale Henituse left first because he didn't have the kind of conversation with the crown prince that Klein Moretti and Taylor Sten needed.
When Klein met with Alver Crossman, the young man seemed to be in a good mood. Klein was confident that the deal he had made with Taylor had worked out in both parties' favor.
And since Alver Crossman was in a good mood, the crown prince chose to ruin Klein Moretti's mood with the information he had.
As it turned out, Benson Moretti was not as neutral as he declared. His brother had been secretly supporting Alver Crossman since his election as Count in Moretti county.
Alver, of course, did not give away that information as bluntly as Klein made it right now. What the crown prince did do was give Klein Moretti a letter bearing the official seal of the Moretti family, containing Benson's last message to Klein which he left with Alver Crossman.
"Benson may not have given you this information yet. But he did tell me that there is a Moretti family-wide oath that says Moretti county can only be ruled by a Moretti family member. Unless all members of the family are wiped out, everyone with Moretti's blood must bear the burden of leading their county."
The way Alver talked about Benson made Klein realize that they were really quite close.
An oath made by the ancestors of the Moretti family. A bloody oath that if broken, would have consequences for everyone in the region.
Benson Moretti knew that his younger brother, Klein Moretti, did not want the position, so the eldest of the three siblings graciously took on all the responsibilities and intended to marry the woman he loved and pass on his burden to his own children.
Klein did not know the details of the vow because Benson did not elaborate on it in this letter or to Alver.
All that was in this letter was Benson apologizing to Klein for failing to release Klein from his responsibilities as the new Moretti county's future leader.
"Have you declared your will to everyone?"
"No."
"Good. Young master Klein, I know you must be devastated by this information. I apologize that my help that day was still late, but... I didn't really understand what Benson was talking about. This kind of secret is only known to His Majesty and your own family. While there's still time, I hope you can figure it out. And, if you need any help, feel free to send me a message."
Klein nodded. Choosing to be casual and continuing another small, unimportant conversation together with Alver a few minutes after that.
Sigh... He really couldn't rest for a moment.
Notes:
Sorry for the late update. Probably bcs I'm too exhausted and didn't get a single day of rest from work, the plot is not plotting even though I keep thinking about it...
Chapter 21: Oh how to be loved
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"They actually made this kind of Oath..." Klein ruffled his hair in frustration. After returning home, he immediately used divination to find more information about what Benson meant by their family oath.
For hours, without sleep, Klein continued to search for as much detailed information as possible. Arrodes provided answers to every question Klein asked one by one.
"This is real. My decision will really affect everyone's lives." Klein muttered under his breath.
The main problem in this case was that Klein did not know when he would be able to return to his own world. Although it was inconvenient and disrupted his own plans, him becoming a Count was not that difficult.
However, what would happen after he became a count?
What if he faced a situation where he had to leave? Leave his territory? Leave this world?
This oath would end once the world confirmed that there were no more people with Moretti blood. And Klein, was not someone who could die just because he wanted to.
And again, he had already determined that his duty here was to ensure that Cale Henituse and Choi Han would be fine on their way to becoming heroes. If he was trapped in his office, how could he ensure that Cale and Choi Han would be okay?
It's not like he can exist in two different places at the same time, he's still a sequence 9 Seer beyonder, not a sequence 5 Marrionetist.
Wait...
Marrionetist...
Klein suddenly remembered that he still had his worm that could be utilized as a charm. Why hadn't he thought of doing this since yesterday? Was it because it was dangerous? A seer would not forget about this. And if he forgot, it meant that his consciousness was trying to avoid danger.
"I should pray to the fool... Ah, it's been so long" Klein smiled, feeling a little nostalgic that it had been so long since he had prayed to himself.
Taking out a worm from his magic bag, Klein began to perform the ritual to the fool. Or rather, he was courting his death again.
___
"You look like a dead man" Cale commented as he saw Klein's state that night.
Supposedly, today was their last day to ensure that the hidden bomb remained in place. But Klein Moretti looked too pale to go anywhere.
"Yes. I'll probably die tomorrow."
Klein took the bottle of alcohol that Cale had ordered. He drank it without spilling it into the glass like he often did.
The annoyed comments from Ohn, Hong and the young dragon were enough to make Klein realize that he should not have said that joke when children were around.
"Sorry, I'm just not feeling well. You guys go first."
"Alright. Young master Klein, rest well. Would you like me to take you home first?"
"No need. I'll be back with you later."
After Choi han, Rosalyn, and the three children left to do their work, Cale asked suspiciously.
"What have you done?"
"What do you think? Guess what, I just did something great yesterday. Let's see how great your observation is Kim Roksoo"
"I don't need recognition from someone like you."
"Tch, no fun"
Cale shook his head and busied himself to enjoy this beautiful night. He had no intention of knowing everyone's problems. Cale only realized that Klein was completely silent when he returned from his meeting with Alver Crossman.
This young man did not come out of his room at all. Didn't join in the meal and didn't go out to play with the children like he usually did.
Klein Moretti only appeared when they were about to conduct another bomb search operation.
"In the end, I will still be a count"
"Hmm? You lost an argument with Alver Crossman?"
"I lost before he said anything"
Klein smiled as he recalled the letter the crown prince had given him.
"The one talking to you now is just an avatar"
"Huh?"
Now, their conversation began to take a different direction. Cale looked confusedly at Klein Moretti's body beside him.
Klein, who had been resting his head on the table, turned to Cale who was demanding an answer. The bright smile on that pale face was clearly visible, giving Cale Henituse quite a chill at the sight.
"It's an avatar. Ever heard of this kind of thing? Well, it's not perfect, that's why I look like a dead person. My main body is still in my room, but I can also see and hear things through this avatar"
"What a useful thing. How did you get it?"
"Plot armor."
Klein laughed when he saw Cale's annoyed expression. The man with red hair was easily annoyed, unlike what some people said about how 'calm and mature' Cale Henituse was.
"Your knowledge is the transmigrator halo you have to survive in this universe. Let's just say I have the same thing to make my life here easier."
Klein was not sure if Cale could understand his joke, but he still tried to hide the fool's existence from everyone.
He had indeed told Cale about a few situations he had experienced in his universe, but it was only about him having a wider knowledge of mysticism, not about him being equal to a god.
Cale also did not seem to have any intention of sharing all the information from the novels he read. Seriously, five volumes of novels... How much information did Kim Roksoo have?
Well, it could also be nothing.
"How many avatars do you have?"
"Still one. I need to restore my full power to be able to have multiple avatars."
Klein did not know the limit of avatars he could have because he had never tried to find out. But he knew that the number must be very, very large to the point that he could create an entire city of his avatars alone.
The fact that he managed to create an avatar through his prayer to the fool proved that the avatar he kept in Sefirah Castle was still capable of answering his prayer in this place.
However, he still failed to return to the castle.
Well, that's also fine. Klein is in no hurry to get back, information like this can be used to make his life here easier.
___
"Ohn, are you okay?" Klein, who had just finished with his clothes, noticed Ohn who did not talk much this morning.
Today was the day when the birthday of the king of the Roan Kingdom would be celebrated.
Today was also the day when the terrorist acts of the secret organization would begin. An act that, according to Cale, should cause hundreds of lives to be lost at the same time.
Well, they would not let that happen today.
"I'm fine. Just a little nervous."
"It's okay. Feeling nervous is normal, especially when we're going on a big mission."
Stroking Ohn's body gently, Klein smiled as he watched Hong and the young dragon eagerly eating their breakfast.
Cale Henituse himself was relaxing while looking at the clock while Choi Han and Rosalyn were discussing something.
"There's no need to worry. Even if things go off the plan later, keep doing the tasks you have. Cale and I will make sure everything will be fine."
"You and Cale should be fine too. You two are the closest to that crazy mage. Pull Cale to safety place if you can't handle the enemy."
Hearing the advice from the younger one, Cale snorted in disbelief while Klein laughed quite loudly. Ohn's advice was very serious, like a mother reminding her child to be careful while playing.
"Don't worry. I will protect our handsome young master Cale"
"Shut up. Just protect yourself. How many times have you fainted in my hands huh?"
"Hehe, how can I stand up straight when Cale Henituse is near me? I want to fall into your arms oh my beloved cousin"
"Klein Moretti.... "
"Alright alright, I'll shut up"
__
"Young Master Taylor, my heart is truly happy to see you recovering."
"Thank you, young master Klein. Thanks to the help of young master Cale, I had the opportunity to make a deal with the crown prince."
Cale, whose name had just been mentioned for praise, did not respond. He was just silent as he looked at the many people in the Plaza today.
"Everyone looks happy today. Reminds me a bit of how long the history of our Roan Kingdom is" Taylor spoke as if he was a university professor of history.
Klein thought, if the history professor was someone like Taylor, there would probably be a lot of students in his class.
"Young master Cale, young master Klein, do you know who one of the most famous heroes of the Roan Kingdom is?"
The two cousins shook their heads. Klein simply did not read the information about heroes from ancient times while Cale Henituse did not know which hero Taylor was talking about.
Seeing that reaction, Taylor smiled gently.
"Some people call him a super rock. Legend has it that his body is as strong as a rock, no one can easily defeat him. He was a hero who protected this world with his strength, he was also one of the most meritorious people to protect our kingdom. He died in an honorable way, his story is known by many people and his name is also praised by everyone who knows it."
Cale, who was hearing the hero's name for the first time, couldn't help but comment.
"You don't look like someone who believes in the legend, young master Taylor"
"I do. It's just that I don't believe that such a person would exist in our current era. To protect something without expecting anything else... "
"Unrealistic" Cale responded to that remark. Yes, that kind of thing is unrealistic in this era.
Moving to protect a loved one's family was indeed a natural thing, but Cale could not find where the logic of a super rock protecting everyone without caring about himself lay.
Doesn't everyone want to have their happy ending? How could he feel happy when he himself was not with the person he wanted to protect?
"Well, at least people know how much sacrifice he made for this world. He was respected and loved, even though he was only a legend... If he knew that until now, his story is still remembered by everyone, wouldn't he be happy?"
Klein took the story in stride. His eyes looked at everyone in the Plaza, just as Cale had done before.
Yes...
At least Super Rock was loved by many people. His sacrifice made the Roan Kingdom still stand strong until now.
No sacrifice is in vain.
It's indeed a bitter ending. But it's better than no one crying or not even knowing about his great sacrifice for everyone.
Notes:
I know the timing about Taylor story about super rock is not exactly the same. I kinda forgot about this bcs I didn't re-read lcf that much. (Only the chapter I like)
The urge to make Klein suffer in front of a lot people is too strong...
Chapter 22: Everything is gonna be alright
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Cale and Klein stood side by side while trying to appear to be listening to what the king of their Roan kingdom was saying. In fact, Cale was watching the clock while Klein was watching the entire area that he could see through his spirit vision.
Waiting for the members of the secret organization to appear for the first time.
"Its start" Klein could hear Cale's low murmur before the attack on the plaza began. Instantly, the plaza, which had been bustling with enthusiastic citizens, fell silent as people in black outfits appeared from all over.
The moment when they, the black outfit people started attacking everyone for no reason, that was the moment when the chaos occurred.
The cries of the people who wanted to save themselves, escape, save their parents, children, siblings and comrades, the voices of all the knights who immediately moved quickly to try to control the situation could be heard.
"Protect everyone! Knights! Prioritize the royal family! Attack all incoming intruders!"
"Open the Gate! Let us escape! Why are you so slow?!"
"Are you going to let us all die crammed in here?! Your job is to protect the people! Not kill us this way!"
"Please calm down! We can't let the intruders out either! Please don't crowd in! The knights will protect you!"
Panic completely filled the plaza. Cale could not help but notice all the shouting even though he was trying to focus. Eric, Amiru, Gilbert, Taylor and Klein were still beside him, not moving away like the other nobles did.
".. That knight should have opened the gate sooner. At this rate, they'll all be killed from trampling" Taylor, who was worried about the state of all the people could not help himself from commenting. He desperately wanted to help everyone escape.
"Cale! Let's go! This situation is very dangerous!" Eric shouted in panic as the attack from the secret organization became more and more brutal.
"Hyung-nim, please look at that way" Cale pointed towards the gate where the Nobles were trying to escape. Although the situation was not as chaotic as the gate for ordinary people, it was still very chaotic.
"Wait, Klein!" Eric, who had just understood what Cale meant immediately tried to pull Klein who suddenly left his own position.
They didn't know where Klein Moretti is going.
"Madam, are you hurt?" Klein, who moved because he saw a grandmother with two little children around her fall down, immediately helped the three.
"Sir! Please let us out! We can't protect grandma here!" The older daughter was crying loudly while hugging her grandmother, she was begging Klein for help very pitifully.
"Sir, why are all those people attacking us? Did we do something wrong?" The younger one is crying as well.
Klein smiled, trying to calm the two little children down.
"Kiddo, for now, you will get hurt if you force your way out of the gate. Go into that little alley over there and hide until this attack is over. Don't worry, you'll be fine."
From the beginning, Klein had made a divination about which place was the safest to use as a temporary hiding place. Although there was a possibility of error in his divination, this was better than them forcing their way out through the gate.
After confirming that the three people were heading to the place they were told, Klein intended to go back to look for Cale. They already had their own agreement about the possibility that Klein would suddenly leave, Cale would not be surprised about this.
However, in that moment, his vision seemed to blur and Klein saw a scene right in front of his eyes.
The mad mage spoke something.
Two members of the organization jumped off the building.
Explosions were inevitable.
Cale Henituse showed the existence of his ancient power for the first time to the public.
Many people had died because the mages around the royal family were only able to protect royal members.
"Shit"
___
Cale had known that Klein would leave without thinking when the situation was this bad. He had also agreed to stay in the same position and wait for Klein's return. After all, the plan was to not go anywhere before making sure Redika ran away from this plaza.
However, Cale began to feel uneasy at the moment when he realized that the number of bombs that exploded did not match what was in the novel's description.
According to the young dragon's information, they had found all the bombs in the plaza. Which mean, the number is different from what it should be.
Cale had thought that the possibility of them changing the number of bombs due to the butterflies effect was high, but that opinion was immediately erased when he heard what Redika said.
'This one was a failure...' and what he meant by that is-
"Everyone use your shields! It's a suicide bomb!"
The sound of Klein's shout echoed throughout the plaza, making all the mages immediately take out their shields as soon as they were sure they were around the royal family.
Cale saw it. Looking at Redika who was channeling mana into the bodies of the two people who jumped from the building.
One person was heading towards the royal family, the other person...
"He's coming here."
The people around Cale could have escaped earlier. However, they chose to stay with Cale and wait for Klein's arrival. They stayed even though they knew the situation was dangerous. Eric, despite screaming in panic, was still trying to pull Cale out of this dangerous situation.
Cale could also hear Taylor shouting Klein's name...
"Sigh, this is annoying"
Cale Henituse could regrow parts of his body if he was indeed affected by the explosion. Klein Moretti could come back to life even though he was dead at the moment.
But, the others did not have any special abilities. They could not grow their missing body parts. Taylor had only been able to walk for a few days and Cale had no intention of letting Klein Moretti die.
Without delaying the action, he took out the shield he was hiding from many people.
"Young master Cale!" Rosalyn appeared in the next second, also putting up her shield to cover Cale's shield.
"Human! I'll help too!" The panicked voice of the young dragon made Cale realize that he was not alone.
And...
Klein Moretti suddenly appeared beside him. Pulling something out of his pocket and muttering under his breath.
"Bug"
BOOM
The explosion was heard all over the plaza. Unlike the previous explosions that were heard some distance away because Rosalyn and the dragon threw the bomb into the sky, this time, the sound of the explosion echoed so strongly, producing a small earthquake that made everyone scream in fear.
"What did you just do?"
Cale, who had not had time to enjoy the beautiful charm of his shield, immediately pulled Klein's shoulder to check on the younger one.
"You used, cough-"
Coughing interrupted his action to ask further. The panicked voices around him made Cale even more aware of the state of his own body. Earlier, when he had just finished with the shield, it was actually quite painful, but the vitality of the heart worked well by instantly healing his internal injuries. Although it was a bit excessive because he was coughing up blood, the result was still satisfactory.
"You're really coughing up blood... "
Opening his eyes slowly, Cale stared into Klein Moretti's brown irises. The young man had knelt down to help support Cale's body, and was now cleaning up the traces of his blood with a handkerchief.
Amiru and Gilbert somehow immediately ran to find the priest.
Cale actually wanted to talk. Trying to press for answers from Klein, but the panicked voice and cries from the dragon in his head completely shutting him up.
The dragon's threat to destroy the world is really scary.
"He's fine. Yes, he's coughing up blood, but I can see that his body is getting healthier. It's a side effect, please believe me" Klein tried to calm the young dragon down to stop threatening the world.
But since no one was looking or know the existence of the dragon here, Klein looked like he was calming Eric and Taylor.
Glancing in the other direction, Cale realized that the explosion heading towards the royal family was not as severe as he thought. The surrounding buildings were cracked, but not collapsed. There were no bodies lying around either...
"Klein-"
"Ugh."
Cale clearly remembered that Klein used magic to be present beside them. Taking something out of his pocket and then the explosion was heard. Klein Moretti did something to reduce the damage from the suicide bombing aimed at the royal family.
"Klein, can you hear me? Hey, Klein"
Klein, who was currently holding Cale's hand as a pillar to keep his body from falling, only continued to growl in pain.
"Human! Something strange is happening to Klein! We have to do something! Human, Klein is in a lot lot lot of pain!"
Cale, who was trying to lift Klein's body and carry him away, heard the small murmur of the younger one. Rosalyn, who intended to help, also heard this.
".. Why?"
"Klein, don't lose your consciousness. Pull yourself together, you'll be fine."
Cale could see that Klein was indeed trying to keep his eyes open. And when their eyes met, he absolutely did not expect that Klein Moretti would look at him with that kind of gaze.
The pain, longing, sadness...
"Leonard... Why am I seeing you in this moment?"
In the next second, Klein had lost his consciousness. Not moving at all, leaving all of them who were surprised to immediately react in panic at the sight of him.
"Save him" Cale, who realized that the priest Amiru and Gilbert were looking for had arrived, immediately ordered the man to save Klein Moretti.
This young man was still alive.
Klein Moretti still had his heartbeat. Weak, but still there.
Everything is going to be alright. Cale would make sure they would all be fine.
"His condition is bad. We need to get him to a better place, young master Cale, let us handle this young master."
This priest did not understand Klein's situation. It might be bad, but Klein could heal himself.
The consequences of using his magic were severe, but Cale knew that Klein would be fine.
"Let me help the two of you. Guard, summon a priest specialized in royalty, and take my guest to the VIP room."
From another direction, Alver Crossman appeared. With his own hands, he lifted Klein's body before another guard brought Klein Moretti to be taken more seriously.
"Young master Cale, are you alright?" Not forgetting to help Cale, the two men were now standing face to face.
In the tense situation, after the secret organization suddenly fled, all the people could see Klein Moretti who had just been brought in on an emergency basis and Cale Henituse and Alver Crossman who were now standing calmly.
They all saw that Alver was the only royal member who remained in the plaza even though all the other royal members had left.
They all saw the power of Cale Henituse's shield and his subsequent bloody cough.
And they all saw Klein Moretti who kept trying to direct the people to find a safe hiding place but he himself ended up in a critical condition.
On that day, all the people of the Roan kingdom present in the plaza, saw three people who would later play a very important role for the safety of all of them.
Notes:
Finally.. FINALLY I REACH THIS ARC HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA
Chapter 23: Seven days
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"I'm really sorry. After what he did to all of us... I still failed to kill him."
Cale held his own sigh as he heard the apology coming back from Choi Han's mouth.
Ever since his return from the failed attempt to eradicate Redika from this world, Choi Han had been apologizing constantly, especially when the sight of Klein Moretti whos nobody known when he was about to wake up from his slumber is.
"You all have worked hard. If not for you guys, there would have been a lot of blood shed today. Don't feel so low of yourself, what you did today is a noble thing and deserves to be appreciated" Cale said calmly.
It was a little disappointing that Choi Han still failed to kill Redika, but the young man managed to cut off one of the crazy mage's hands, making the so called mage unable to do anything he usually did. Not to forget that one of his eyes was also blind. Basically, Choi han still killed him even though the man was still alive.
Also, they've really worked hard for this day. Sacrificing their sleep, walking on the thin thread of their own lives to save everyone. None of them, except Cale and Klein had planned what compensation they should get after working like this.
"You worked hard too" Cale smiled as he heard the words of the young dragon next to him. Of course Cale Henituse knew that he worked hard as the planner in the operation and the one who thwarted the suicide bombing who's going hurt the people around him.
"But, young master Cale... Who was the person who exploded along with one of the terrorists?" Rosalyn finally asked the question she had long wanted to ask.
At the moment Klein shouted that the two people there were about to blow themselves up, before Rosalyn teleported to Cale's presence, she could see a person whose body was covered by a large cloak teleporting very quickly.
That person was the one running towards the terrorists who were moving towards the royal family. After that, Rosalyn could not see anything because she was busy protecting Cale and the others. But, hearing the explanation from Choi Han and Lark, the direction of the terrorist's fall somehow changed for no reason. In the next second, the man in the cloak jumped very high while carrying the terrorist in his hands. They both exploded at the same time, making the result of the huge explosion didn't ended up killing the people around them.
No one knew who this man of the cloak was.
The one who was not in their group but did not hesitate to die to protect everyone.
"Oh, that's Klein's avatar. I personally don't know how he got the ability to create his own avatar, but it's his"
Cale, who finally knew why the bomb in the other direction could explode without causing the death of the people around him chose to answer honestly.
That morning, Cale, Ohn, Hong and the young dragon saw for themselves how Klein tried to make up himself. Thanks to the help of the young dragon's magic, Klein was able to change his face to look more like a commoner than a noble. Him, who was thinking of keeping this avatar in Count Moretti's territory suddenly wanted to bring his avatar to the plaza because he says he had a bad feeling and did not want to ignore that nagging feeling.
The children had asked how Klein could make avatars that actually looked real, but the young man changed the direction of their conversation to tell a fairy tale of unknown origin.
"Klein said he could make more avatars in the future nya!"
"But, when the avatar died, Klein was also in pain and lost consciousness immediately afterward. Did he also feel what his avatar felt?"
Hong and the young dragon started discussing about the avatar owned by Klein. Honestly, Cale Henituse knew that the three children did not really understand what an avatar was. The young dragon only thought that Klein was using magic that he did not know yet, while Ohn and Hong had their own assumptions.
As for Cale, well, Kim Roksoo, he understood quite well why Klein Moretti could experience the side effects of his avatar's death.
If the information he knew was not completely wrong, the death of the avatar itself would not actually cause Klein to lose consciousness. It was just that the young man was in a position where he could not use magic as he pleased. And at that time, both the main body and the avatar used magic to teleport to where they wanted. Followed by the incident of the explosion that caused the avatar to die instantly.
"Choi han, you can still go together with Rosalyn"
Before Choi han could protest, Rosalyn had already spoken.
"Young master Cale, I do need help from Choi han and Lark, but... If the situation is like this, will it be alright?"
Bringing Choi han and Lark to Breck kingdom was one of the agreements that Cale and Rosalyn had. But seeing the situation where Klein Moretti was not even awake yet, Rosalyn was a little hesitant to bring her two friends.
"We'll be fine. I'm not leaving the capital before Klein opens his eyes. And there's our great dragon here," Cale said confidently.
Unexpected situations would always happen even though Cale had many plans to prevent them. But their current situation was not as bad to the point that Cale needed Choi Han by his side all day long.
He only needed to talk to Alver Crossman, ask for their compensation, and then wait for Klein Moretti to wake up.
If there was a safest place, then the answer was in the royal palace.
Finished with Choi Han who did not forget to say his speech about how Cale should deal with enemies that appeared unexpectedly, the three original heroes from the novel <The birth of a hero> finally left to do their heroics deeds.
Leaving the side characters whose existence is not too important in the novel in the royal palace.
___
"I still don't understand why he still hasn't woken up. Human, it's been seven days! I know that Klein said he would sleep if he used magic, but isn't this too much? Human! You can't use magic either!"
"I couldn't use magic even if I wanted to"
"Oh, you're right. That means, we should just ban Klein from using magic again!"
"Good idea."
Just like what the young dragon beside him said. Klein Moretti had been unconscious for seven days. Alver Crossman had brought in priests from other churches, but still they could not help much other than assuring that Klein Moretti's body was actually fine.
However, the strongest assumption they currently had was that Klein Moretti was in an indeterminate coma.
"It's getting late. Let's go back to our room."
It was almost midnight. Cale was still in Klein's room because Ohn had not wanted to leave since morning. The girl emphasized that she was sure that Klein Moretti would wake up on the eighth day. This made Hong, as the younger brother, think that his sister's actions were the right thing to do, as well as the young dragon who started counting the seconds, minutes and hours and had his own predictions about when his cousin would wake up.
Before Cale could try to get up, he saw the dragon's shield layer filling the room.
His eyes looked at the youngest child, asking what the purpose of the shield that suddenly came out was.
"Human, maybe it's because you're too weak, but you don't feel this strange aura. Something is going on, I don't really understand, but this is very strange!"
"Yeah, there's an unpleasant aura here. Why did the atmosphere suddenly change nya~?"
Cale immediately picked up his Ohn and Hong in his hands and walked towards the window that directly showed off the capital scenery of the Roan Kingdom in the middle of the night.
"A fog... "
Cale had already seen fog whose origin was not purely natural thanks to Ohn's ability. And the fog that they were all currently seeing was certainly no ordinary fog.
Slowly, the capital that had been sparkling with lights, began to be covered by a very thick fog.
For a split second, Cale felt like he couldn't think properly.
The next second, all the fog was gone, as if it only existed in their hallucinations.
".....Cousin, what are you doing there?"
The voice of Klein Moretti made them all turn their heads in unison.
On his bed, Klein Moretti with his messy black hair is sweating, hands shaking while holding Arrodes, sat up and looked at them all in confusion.
"Klein!"
"Klein is awake nya! "
"You finally woke up after seven days! Ten hours! Fifty minutes! And fifteen seconds!"
Not expecting that his awakening from a long sleep would be greeted this warmly, Klein could only catch Ohn and Hong's bodies leaping at him, as well as the young dragon circling his shoulders and neck.
"You slept for a long time nya! "
"Haha, sorry, did I miss something?"
While Ohn, Hong and the young dragon were excitedly telling stories to fill in whatever Klein Moretti had missed during the seven days, Cale handed him a cup of water to the young man whose face was still pale.
"Thank you. Haaa, I missed a lot of important things. Why did I sleep for so long?" Klein let out a long sigh, thinking about what he could do if he didn't sleep for seven days.
The matter at Count Moretti was still unfinished, he had to become the Count at any cost.
Not to mention...
"Klein! You are forbidden to use magic for any reason! Listen to the words of this wise dragon!"
"Eh?"
"Our youngest is very wise! What he says is the truth nya!"
"I agree. You shouldn't use magic again in the future nya~"
Klein Moretti, who had just wanted to show off his magic power, was speechless when he heard the order of prohibition to use his own power from these three children.
"Haha, thanks for the concern, but I'm already fine with using magic. Right Arrodes?"
The ancient mirror that was always in his hand immediately answered Klein's question.
"That's right! Your body is already strong enough to use all the abilities in sequence six! Great master, are you happy?"
"Yes, I'm happy"
Sequence six! In a short period of time, Klein was able to destroy his shackles badly enough to the point that he was directly in sequence six.
All his hard work paid off! Klein really needed the ability from Faceless to continue his mission properly.
"Haaaa, I can finally use magic" Klein smiled happily. After all this time, he finally didn't feel too hopeless about his power that could only be a support. He can do something more useful!
Notes:
Hehe, is anyone still here? Sorry for the late Late late update everyone.
I'm very very very busy 😭😭😭😭😭😭 if I die, I hope I reincarnated as a diamond. Just exist but rich people want me.
Chapter 24: There are always things that are more important than yourself.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Klein let out a long sigh of relief when he seeing another avatar he had gotten from his prayer to the fool. This time, his avatar looked more perfect, lacking nothing and having the same personality as Klein Moretti.
Well, this avatar, in the end of the day was still him.
He was really in a good mood. After letting Cale and the kids rest in their room with the reasons that he needed time alone for this one night only, Klein started his pending work.
With pen and paper on the table, Klein started writing.
The first thing he would discuss was his partial destruction of the shackles, allowing him to escape to sequence six. The shackles were destroyed along with the death of his avatar. This led to the theory that if he accelerated the digest potion by working past his limits, then the balance in his body would be shaken, making the shackles weak and unable to withstand his power properly.
After all, Klein Moretti is a god.
Even a fellow god would not be so easy to lock away all his power.
The second thing was that he managed to sense the aura of the sefirah castle more clearly. Klein believed that the most effective way to return to Sefirah Castle was to find out who had created the barrier that prevented him from returning.
Which god made his life here troublesome....
Moving on, Klein could figure that out over time. There was no point in him rushing here.
The third thing was....
"My my... Look at this handsome me."
Klein rose from his position, looking at himself via avatar.
In this universe, Klein Moretti is a nobleman. His body was cleaner, healthier and more authoritative despite being in his teens.
Much different from the Klein Moretti in his own memories.
"Don't die too soon"
"I know."
"Do your best for everyone in Moretti territory. Make sure you earn their trust and become a count."
"Sigh, do you need to remind me of this kind of thing? We are the same person, of course we share the same goals"
Klein suddenly remembered the moment when Adam gave 'Humanity' to one of his marrionettes. Making the Gehrman sparrow 'alive' and having desires that were not on the same page as Klein Moretti himself.
Shaking his head quickly, Klein tried to forget about it.
This time, what was in front of him was not a marrionete. This was his avatar, something that was part of his body. And whatever happened to his avatar, Klein could feel it.
Their minds were one.
And Klein was sure that in this universe at least, there was no one who could give humanity to an avatar.
"Anyway, do your job well. I'll be with Cale and the others to restore our powers."
"Yeah, you shouldn't die too soon either. My power is always one level down from what you have."
"I'm trying not to die"
Patting his avatar's shoulder lightly, Klein began to change his face.
This time, his Journey would truly begin without the distraction of being the count of a region.
___
"Young master Cale, all preparations have been completed. We're ready to go whenever you and young master Klein want us to."
Hong, Ohn and the young dragon immediately approached Hans who was carrying various foods for their breakfast.
"Is Klein awake?"
"Yes. Young master Klein is getting ready to go home."
Cale let out a long sigh. Although the quality of his room was not inferior to what was provided in this Royale palace, still! this bed was truly the most comfortable place to rest.
Cale was sure that even if he was on the bed for 24 hours, his body would not feel sore.
"I've also received a reply from the Ubarr family, they said they would welcome your arrival as best they can"
"Good. Let me get ready and ask Klein to come here before we leave."
"What do you want to talk to young master Klein about?"
Cale's mouth twitched slightly. Hans and all his curiosity sometimes annoyed Cale. Seriously, could this man survive if he worked for another noble family?
"Just tell him to come"
"But young master Klein is already here"
"Huh?"
In the moment Cale looked at Hans again, the man rubbed his face gently and revealed his true form, and that's is Klein Moretti. The young man was now smiling mischievously after successfully tricking them all with his act as Hans.
"Klein?!"
"Wow! How did you do that nya?!"
"I knew there was something strange about Hans the moment he didn't scream when he gave us our food! But I didn't know it was you! How did you do it? Magic? But I don't feel any mana flowing here."
Gently rubbing the heads of the two surprised cats and one dragon, Klein only laughed softly before thinking of what explanation he should give.
"This is not magic. It's normal that you don't feel the flow of mana."
"Your reason for coming here as Hans is?"
Klein smiled when he saw the gaze of his cousin. There were already many things he wanted to talk to Cale about, but for this time, he would only talk about a few important points.
"To fulfill the promise I made as Klein Moretti and as a person indebted to the Henituse family. I created a new avatar and he will be at Count Moretti to take care of things. As for me, I will serve you, young master Cale Henituse"
"Is this necessary? You obviously know that you can still pay your debt without following me."
"I know. But, I also need freedom. I'm not someone who can work well if I'm tied to one place."
If only he did not have such a great desire to return to his planet immediately... Perhaps, Klein would have chosen another option in this decision.
He will try to enjoy this life. Being a good count, trying things that you didn't have time to do before, traveling, socializing, having close friends, having a life partner and more. But, he was not someone who had no responsibilities.
As a god, he had to save his planet.
As Klein Moretti, he wanted to let the people he cared about live longer and more peacefully on their planet.
That planet was the place that meant closest to home. He who failed to do anything for his own world back then, did not want to let other humans suffer the same pain when he himself had enough power to prevent it.
"Okay kiddo, what do you think of this face?"
His look has changed again. This time, Klein changed his face to look like one of his past personas. The fool angel, sequence two, Miracle invoker, Merlin Hermes.
His hair now reached his shoulders, blowing in the wind from the open balcony.
The reason he took on this persona was because he wanted to look more friendly. Gehrman sparrow was too cold to be able to socialize with many people, and Merlin Hermes was more suitable for his current and future circumstances.
"You look like a nice person nya~"
"The kids must like you nya~"
"Your skills are amazing, but you look too ordinary for that face"
Klein laughed as he heard the opinions of the dragon in front of him. Well, it was not an insult. Klein was intentionally looking more ordinary than his usual noble self.
"That's my goal. The more ordinary you look, the easier it is to forget"
Ohn tapped Klein's leg lightly, seeking attention from the young man who was letting Hong play with his hair.
"Yes?"
"Why do you want to be forgotten? Aren't we going to go together? Klein, you're staying with us right?"
Well, a question that was easy to answer, but difficult to say.
He did intend to help Cale and Choi Han in the future. But that didn't mean he would stay together with Cale like what Choi Han did.
In order to protect someone, there was always the option to leave that person.
Klein should immediately be able to communicate with the god of death and ask about the god of balance whose existence alone annoyed him. This problem between the gods should not involve humans who were already busy with their own lives.
His presence with Cale Henituse would only cause his fellow transmigrators more trouble.
"I did promise to serve the Henituse family, but... I can't be with you every day. There are some troublesome things I have to take care of before I can relax and enjoy the beautiful day"
"Klein... Are you leaving?"
"Yes. We will surely meet again at the right time."
Rising from his position, Klein took out the paper he had prepared and tossed it to Cale who just stared at it silently.
"It's a small gift from me. If you ever need me on a mission, just meet my avatar on Moretty's count and I'll find out what you want"
Cale nodded briefly before going to the nightstand to retrieve a small bag containing gold coins and some other useful things.
The bag was tossed to Klein who immediately picked it up casually, a bright smile instantly graced his face.
"My compensation?"
"Yes. Make sure you stay alive."
"I'll be sending you frequent letters"
"Whatever"
"Eyy, your reaction is just so cold! I feel like I'm on a snow mountain."
Ohn, Hong and the young dragon went straight to Klein, each trying to give the best goodbye they could think of.
"I don't know why you wanted to go alone, but since you said you'll be back, it's okay... We'll be waiting!"
"When you're done with your troublesome business, don't forget to go home!"
"I will protect this weak human because I am a strong dragon. But Klein, you are weak just like him, are you sure you will be alright?"
Klein nodded confidently at the question. Of course he would be fine. Even though Cale had two ancient powers, it didn't mean Klein was no match for him.
"I'll be fine. Don't worry."
Saying his goodbyes again, Klein prepared to leave through the balcony. The sun was already rising, the real Hans will coming to this room and Klein still had a lot of work to do.
"Oh yeah Cale, I will look for information about ancient power and its side effects for you. Please don't be too reckless to collect that power."
Greedy people usually did not end well. Klein did not know exactly what kind of person Cale Henituse was, but from the powers he was collecting, it was likely that the young man only wanted to collect powers that were useful for defending himself. He could not become a mage, he was also too lazy to train with sharp weapons, what he would rely on was his ancient power.
"If we meet again later, please keep my true identity a secret, okay? I'll leave first."
With that, Klein jumped off the balcony, leaving the warmth of the luxurious room behind.
He did not know when he would meet Cale Henituse and the three children again, but he was sure that they would soon.
He just had to determine whether or not his existence here would harm others.
If the answer was that he was a nuisance, Klein would find a way to get back to Sefirah castle and help Cale through the place without having to meet them.
Well, this was not the first time he had left a place he wanted to stay. Wasn't it always like that? Just when he was already quite comfortable living as Zhou Mingrui, he became a pawn of Celestial Worthy and ended up become Klein Moretti.
While the Moretti family's life was already much better with the income he earned as an official beyonder, he died and could not return to his siblings and live with them.
He left his cold but cozy rental house as Sherlock Morriarti.
He left everything he had lived in as Gehrman Sparrow because his own existence was too dangerous.
He also left his mansion when he became Dwayne Dante because there were more important things.
Yes, there are always things that are more important than his own comfort.
Notes:
Don't worry, they will meet again soon.
_
Oh, happy 6k HITS everyone! Thank you for reading this story and give me kudos! I know I didn't reply to every comment this story have, it's not like I didn't appreciate you guys.. I swear I've always read the comments the moment my email show me the notifications. But, I just didn't want to ruin the mood? I mean, some of you comment about your own theory in this story.
If I ever replay one comment, somehow, I need to do that to all of people here 😞 and I don't think you guys will feel comfortable if I send something other than an update, so.. I keep my fingers shut up.
But you guys need to know that every comment here always makes me happy! To see that a lot of people want this story to continue... Hiks 😭😭😭😭😭😭😭
Chapter 25: Just piko
Chapter Text
Hello everyone. Piko here... I'm a little lost on how to continue this story, but at the same time, it's also a story I want to continue. So, instead of us stopping just because I'm not in the mood, I thought of interacting with my readers. Can we talk about Cale and Klein for a moment? Whatever it is.... I just, I don't know 😞 maybe, may I ask which novel you read first? Lotm or Locf? or why you read it in the first place?
I really don't have any friends I can talk to about fantasy novels. They say all fantasy novels are hard to understand. But isn't that the point of fantasy? Well, the harder it is to understand, the more I'm interested in reading.
Ah... I'm so lonely.
Chapter 26: Alone in the forest of darkness
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
It had been a long time since Klein Moretti had walked amidst the bustling crowds of a city.
The bustle of small markets, families looking to buy something, children running here and there with excitement, merchants enthusiastically offering their wares to anyone who walked by.
How long had it been since Klein had felt this calm? His normal life, just being a human being who cares about making money so that him and his siblings didn't always live in poverty.
His dream of owning a luxurious house so that Melissa could invite her friends over without worrying about anything. Benson's wedding...
Ah, Klein was still grateful to the goddes for giving him the chance to see Benson's wedding.
They were already a happy little family. They were already living well even though Klein was not with them.
Honestly, Klein was not sure about his mission in this world. Was it really just to guide Cale Henituse and also Choi Han? Why did he get thrown into this world? A world that as far as he knew, didn't have any connection with his own world.
Then, what happened after he managed to get into the sefirah castle? Can he just straight back to his own world? Leave this place? Abandon his little promise?
As The Fool, Klein knows better than anyone how big his responsibility is. He still had to fight to save his own world.
"Huu... We'd better go to the church"
_____
"We can finally communicate better. Isn't that right, god of death?"
"Yes, of course, Lord of mystery"
In his prayer position, Klein smiled as he heard the clear voice of the god of death knowing his true identity. Of course, this was not surprising.
He was still in the Church, praying to the god who kept bothering him, but he is also the one and only god who willing to communicate with him.
"Are you the god responsible for all these things?"
"In your case, no. I didn't do it."
The god of death, unlike what Klein expected, somehow spoke in a tone that was casual but also polite.
Klein had never communicated with another god in this manner. Usually, he had to perform a ritual first before getting an answer from them. Even when trying to communicate with the evernight goddes, they did not directly talk to Klein, but only gave him the information he needed. The moment when they could communicate directly happened when Evernight chose to be on Klein Moretti's side as the new Lord of Mystery.
"What do you want from me?"
"To make a deal with you. Mystery, one important thing you should know right now is that only myself who know that you are not from this planet. The other gods know that I'm doing something, but they don't know that you're dragged into this. They don't know about your existence at all. But, if you return to Sefirah Castle in the near future, they will know about this and start moving according to their own wishes."
Oh? An important piece of information indeed. Klein who had previously wondered about it became more aware of the situation.
At least, for now, his presence did not harm anyone. The issue of his power being sealed away probably stemmed from the barrier that every god in existence had created for this planet.
The planet was still unfamiliar with his powers, so Klein had to suffer for a while and live his life as an ordinary person.
"Are you the one who prevented me from returning to Sefirah castle?"
"No, i didn't do that. You still cannot return simply because you have not been able to defeat our barrier. But I did play a bit of a role in hiding the location of Sefirah castle itself so that no one could find out about it, including you."
If he could return to Sefirah, it meant that the other gods would notice his existence and think that he was their newest enemy. Whether for the well-being of the people of this world or Klein's own life, that was not a good thing.
If it could be avoided, Klein would choose to find a way home that did not involve anyone here.
"What deal are you willing to give me?"
"I will keep the location of Sefirah castle hidden until you are strong enough to return to your own world. And the thing I want is for you to give assistant to my children. They are strong, but they are also still quite weak. All I hope is that in this timeline, there is at least a little change. Although some disasters are still unavoidable, at least I want this world not to experience too much of destruction."
As expected, the god of death wanted Klein to help Choi Han and also Cale Henituse. However, Klein was not sure if he was able to help them, or if he was adding to their problems instead.
"To be able to hide your castle perfectly, I need a lot of power. And because of that, I need time for myself to focus on this task. That's why I can't monitor what they're doing or my other work."
The meaning of that sentences was that the god of death thought this was a fair deal. Klein also knew that it was not easy to hide the existence of Sefirah Castle itself. It made sense that the god of death should focus on himself for an indefinite period of time while waiting to see what Klein Moretti's decision would be.
The young man was silent for a moment. Gods were selfish existences. All they cared about was how to ensure that the planet they ruled would continue to exist for a long time. They would use any means to ensure that the planet would be fine, give the so called blessing to humans, and ask them to protect their own world.
The god of death wanted Cale Henituse and Choi Han to be the heroes of this era.
However, Klein did not know whether Cale wanted to be the hero or not. For now, there is still a possibility that Cale can retreat and avoid his unfortunate fate. What could Klein do to tell Cale that the path he was choosing would be a difficult one?
"I can't give them this kind of information to anyone else, Isn't that right?"
"Yes. As a god, I'm sure you also understand why I want to do all these things"
"I understand."
Klein Moretti opened his eyes. Staring at the altar before him, still with a Bishop preaching about their god.
The deal was done. Klein only needed to strengthen himself to be able to go home and hand over the responsibility of this world to the hero's.
___
"Hmmm, I somehow expected the forest of darkness to have a more terrifying vibe than this"
Klein stared at the large of forest that everyone in the kingdom was avoiding. This time, without using his identity as Merlin Hermes, Klein appeared as himself, complete with Arrodes in his hand.
"Great master, have you covered all parts of your body? All living things, including plants in this forest are dangerous to human life"
"I have prepared myself. After all, my body is still not immune to poison."
He had found the best place to train himself without having to communicate with anyone. Although the vibes were not as bad as the forsaken land, still, this forest was dangerous.
"Tell me Arrodes, do you think that I can become a good archer?"
"Of course. Great masters are talented person I have no right to question the extent to which you can master a weapon"
"My my Arrodes, you're getting more smarter every day to make me feel better"
"This puny servant of yours is truly honored to be able to make you happy great master!"
...
"Hmm, some people seem to frequent this place"
On Klein's eighth day in the dark forest, he accidentally came across some human footprints that ended up in a lake filled with pitch-black water and had really bad air quality.
He had to wear a mask to protect himself.
"This is not just any lake, the water probably contains very dangerous levels of poison. Ordinary humans, even tribesmen, might die if they touch this"
Klein's lampoons on his ability to make marrionete still couldn't be carried out because he still hadn't finished digesting the faceless potion. Well, he was not in a hurry to do so, Klein could only surrender and chose to find another way to find out how dangerous this lake was.
Actually, it wasn't abnormal to find a poisonous lake in the dark forest that everyone was famous for avoiding, especially since there were so many monsters and poisonous plants in this place.
But, the fact that there were some people who dared to enter this forest and knew where they were going made it all the more alarming.
These people did not erase their footprints as they were confident that no one would enter this forest area, especially not to this lake area.
"Should I tell this to Cale or Alver? Hmm, I don't even know if they will have any problems with this forest. It's better to keep it to myself for the time being"
Taking out Arrodes from his shirt pocket, Klein began to ask the most trustworthy person in the world.
"Do you know the name of the water in this lake? I don't think it's just poisonous water."
"In this world, they call it dead mana. A liquid that comes from the corpses of living creatures that died in an abnormal way. This mana liquid is completely deadly to ordinary humans. Only people who possess the darkness attribute are able to tolerate whatever is contained in dead mana. Great master, don't you also feel something in this lake?"
"Yes, I know. I just don't know what's in there"
"My apologies. This puny servant also does not know what is in this lake. My suggestion to you is to avoid this lake after you've checked everything and gotten the information you want."
"Alright."
Klein also had no intention of staying in this lake for too long. It was already the plan that tomorrow he would return to the settlement since he had enough of a very long walk around this forest of darkness.
Well, he still had something to do before meeting back at Cale Henituse at the right time.
Notes:
I'M BACK!
Chapter 27: We meet again
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
After years of living quite comfortably in the Henituse family home, Ron was back to running with all his might to survive.
His mission to find out if the organization really existed on the Western Continent still continued, but Ron was also sure that it would end soon. At this old age, Ron wasn't afraid to die. He was ready to die at any time, but that didn't mean he didn't want to fight to stay alive.
There was still Vicross out there. His young master had just had a change of life, making him look like he had a brighter future, unlike what the other nobles were talking about. Ron still wanted to save himself because he still wanted to see Vicross.
Sure, his only son was already a grown man who could protect himself. But Vicross was still his son who would only trust his father.
At the very least, Ron wanted to express to his son how much he loved Vicross. About Vicross always having the choice to live his life however he wanted. He didn't have to take care of the Henituse family for the rest of his life if he didn't want to, Ron wanted to make sure that Vicross knew he had that choice.
However, the mermaid' poison really interfered with his survival. His skills as an assassin were eventually consumed by age, they knew his whereabouts and were ready to kill Ron the moment the opening was found.
Can he survive this disaster?
Clang!
An arrow passed right next to his head. It hit one of the organization members who used a sword weapon to kill Ron.
In an instant, the man was dead.
In the next second, all was silent. Whether it was Ron or even the secret organization members who were chasing him, they were all surprised by the new person who managed to kill the man.
This was an island with only secret organization members, how could they have two uninvited guests?
"Wow, that was close. Old man, you look strong enough to run. Go and don't get in the way for me to killing all of them" The soft voice reached Ron's ears. His eyes were immediately drawn to a young man standing next to a large tree, archery in hand.
The man was wearing a mask, but Ron knew that he was quite young. Probably around the age of his young master, Cale Henituse.
He had no idea who this young man was, but Ron had no intention of dying. He moved the moment the young man released another arrow.
He didn't care about the shouts of the many people behind him. Survival was the most important thing for now.
Ron didn't know how long he had been running. But if he could still do it, his chances of survival would be even greater. All the old man needed right now was to ignore how much the mermaid's poison hurt his body and run as fast as he could to the H
enituse region.
But unfortunately, the old body did not want to obey the power of his heart. Ron fell, not hitting the ground because someone managed to hold his body.
It was the same person as the young man who was fighting back there. His skills as an assassin were completely dulled because he didn't notice this person presences.
"Old man, were you poisoned?"
"Yes. Mermaid poison, I'll be dead in a few days."
Ron didn't even know why he wanted to talk to this young man. The unknown motive, who knows how long he had been on the same island, was strong enough to be able to escape from all the members of the organization who were chasing them and managed to be beside Ron at the right time.
"Where do you want to go back to? I'll take you there."
"And why should I trust you? So you could just kill them when we get there?"
"Because someone has to tell the information about this organization to the right people."
Ron was stunned. This answer was not something he expected from the young man. Someone had to pass on this information? To tell someone about a secret organization whose origins are in the Eastern continent that already has a base in the Western continent?
"Who are you?"
"A person who works based on divine orders. You may not have faith in gods, but their existence and their power are true. Old man, believe me. I don't intend to hurt anyone who doesn't deserve it."
What kind of- Ron almost blurted out the reason this young man was talking about. Perhaps, if he hadn't met so many crazy people, Ron would have called this kid out and refused his help.
It was not surprising for those who had great faith in gods to look like insane people.
The two continued running for the safest place they could find. Ron was sure that he was really going to die in the near future.
The Henituse region was getting closer. Ron really had to rely on his willpower to survive.
He still wanted to see Vicross one last time. He still wanted to see the condition of his young master after the incident at the Plaza, he also wanted to see the condition of the young master Klein who got another bad thing in his young life.
"Old man, we can stop here for a while. Let me heal some of your wounds."
Ron was too tired to ask what else this young man could do. They had been running and dodging enemies for two hours, then taking small boats to get from one island to the other as quickly as possible.
And the one who made sure that they both stayed safe was this young man. Ron only pointed out where the best place for them to hide was and the boy didn't ask how accurate his prediction was.
What a strange young man.
___
Klein let out a long sigh as he watched Ron lose consciousness. Since Klein was done with exploring the dark forest, he decided to search for the whereabouts of Cale Henituse's personal servant.
He had met Ron before the old man left. And since he was informed that Ron was going on leave after years of serving the Henituse family without asking for a day off, Klein thought that this was a very important thing for Ron.
Reasoning to give Ron a bag of gold and silver coins that was probably less than what Cale Henituse had given him, Klein secretly tucked a button of his clothes inside the bag of the gold coins.
That made it easier for Klein to perform divination and find the most accurate coordinates of Ron Molan.
"Sigh, what a tough life to be an old man" Klein carried Ron's body on his back. The old man was heavy, but Klein had no choice but to leave as soon as possible. Before they reached the Henituse region, they were still not safe.
Anyways, if the timing was not wrong, Cale Henituse might be on his way back from the Whipper kingdom or he might already be in the Roan kingdom itself. Klein only read the letters from Ohn, Hong and the young dragon who now had a name, Raon Miru. The three children always sent messages to Moretti castle whenever they reached the Henituse residence or when they could send messages. Klein still remembered Raon's story about him meeting someone named Tunka, a warrior from the Whipper kingdom and about Cale Henituse planning to go to the civil war kingdom under the alibi of orders from the crown prince, Alver Crossman. (Of course Klein knew that Alver Crossman would not give such an order to Cale Henituse).
Speaking of the crown prince, Klein also remembered that he had refused the prince's excessive favors to make him an official count. Although Klein had said that he wanted their little friendship to be hidden, all the nobles now knew that Moretti county and Marquez Sten were on the crown prince's side.
Klein Moretti recalled that he had discussed with Amiru Ubarr the issue of support for a count in Moretti territory. In return for the favor, he would co-invest in the construction of a naval base which would cost a lot of money.
Everything went according to their plan.
Within two weeks, he managed to make the representation of the royal family truly happy with his performance. All his hard work learning to be a noble full of perfection made him successful in being chosen as the new Count.
He just needed to be more careful of possible assassination plans no matter what time it was.
If his avatar died, it was no big deal. It was just that Klein was too lazy to create an alibi for why the dead man was suddenly alive again. They would all make rumors that he used dark magic or something.
"Stop"
Klein, who was running at a right pace so that his body would not get tired easily, stopped suddenly. He almost dropped Ron and himself to the bottom of the cliff because Ron's voice next to his ear was really creepy!
"What? Why are you startling me?"
"I can walk on my own. You have great balance, but you're also weak. Your legs tremble."
Obeying the old man's wishes, Klein let Ron stand on his own two feet. Thanks to his ability to transfer injuries in the body to other places, some of Ron's injuries were healed. Of course, Klein used the alibi that he had gotten power from the god of death.
However, the wounds from the poisonous mermaid could not be healed. Klein remembers that he was able to save the life of Danitz who literally had a hole in his stomach and would have died had Klein not acted. Was this a different case? he didn't know, Klein didn't use his injury transfer ability that often.
"Do you have a cure for the poison? "
"No. All this time, I never knew whether there was a cure for mermaid poison or not. Everyone who is exposed to mermaid poison will usually die in the near future."
"Do you want to go back to your home to see your family members for the last time?"
"Yes."
Klein pretended not to know who Ron wanted to see in this moment. Vicross, the creepy chef would be very surprised to see his father's condition now.
Although Klein had healed some of the wounds on the old man's body, Ron still could not walk without his help. His breathing was labored and the stench from his feet began to waft up Klein's nose.
Cale Henituse... That young man must know about the cure for mermaid poison, right? Klein is sure that Cale wouldn't just let Ron die like this.
Notes:
Hehe
Chapter 28: The legend of avatar
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
There was a distinct smile on that handsome face. Cale Henituse was in a good mood, all the troublesome things had been resolved according to his wishes. He managed to make an alliance with the Whale tribe, met the king of the ocean, gained enough trust from one of the rarest animal tribes in this world.
He also managed to buy the magic tower without any loss. Alver was of course the one who had to pay for all these hassles, but Cale was sure that he was also happy with the results of his work in the Whipper Kingdom.
Oh, not to forget about the match between Tunka and Choi Han. Even though Cale already knew that Choi han would win, it was still fun to see a crazy bastard like Tunka get punched in the face.
The incident in the Jungle was not what he expected. Reading and seeing firsthand what happened in the Jungle made him move faster to put out the fire.
As someone who wanted to live peacefully in the coming war, Cale thought that making alliances with strong people was the most important thing he should do.
With a debt of gratitude, they should be willing to work to protect Henituse territory in the future. Cale couldn't wait for that day to come.
"We're here!"
"Let's write to Klein again."
"Come on! I have so many things to tell him!"
The three children were very excited every time they prepared to write a letter to Klein. Even though there were already technology like magic devices to make their communication easier like what Cale and Alver often did, these kids still loved to write letters.
Of course, they also called Klein whenever they wanted, even if it was just an avatar, it was still Klein. They knew that the real Klein could still know whatever they were talking about.
"Hmm? Why do they all look tense?"
Cale, who thought that he would be greeted cordially by all the knights and servants frowned in surprise. Although they were all trying to look polite, the vibes he was getting from Henituse castle right now were quite bad. Even Vicross and Choi Han felt the same way.
"What's wrong?"
"Ah... Young master Cale, Mister Ron returned from his leave today, but he was seriously injured. If it wasn't for that young man, the priest said we would have lost Mister Ron long ago."
What? Ron came back at an inconvenient time, and he's badly injured? Vicross had already left to run to the room indicated by the servants. Cale, Choi han and the three children followed where Vicross went.
Ron was accompanied by a young man... The old man never brought anyone on his missions except Vicross.
"Father!"
The door to the room burst open and they could all see who was inside. Ron was lying weakly with bandages all over his body and-.
"Oh? Greetings young master Cale Henituse and everyone"
"Klein!" Cale could hear Raon's happy exclamation in his head. The kids still remembered the promise to hide Klein Moretti's identity in that new face.
Staring at Ron who was still lying weak with Vicross beside him, Cale asked.
"What the fuck is actually happening? Weren't you on leave to hunt some foxes, instead of this?"
"The plan for fox hunting didn't work out the way I wanted it to. If it wasn't for this young man, I might have lost my hand, or worse my life since a few days ago"
All eyes looked at 'Klein' who only showed a gentle smile.
"What I did is not something that deserves such praise. Old man, thanks to the strength of your heart, you are still alive today. And since I was only there to help you get home, it's time for us to part ways."
Ron looked at Cale Henituse and Cale understood what his personal servant wanted. After all, like hell he was going to let Klein just walk away after doing all this.
"Why don't we talk first? Choi han, guard Ron here. I have something to talk to him about."
"Understood Cale-nim"
___
"How did you find Ron?"
"By doing divination of course. Since my mission was over, I intended to come back to see you guys. Then I remembered that Ron had requested leave for a while and chose to find out his whereabouts. If an assassin who chose to hide for years in a cozy house finally made a move, wouldn't that mean there was something dangerous?"
After several months of not seeing each other, Cale and Klein finally had time to talk face-to-face again. Still with his identity as Merlin, Klein began to tell what he did to find Ron's whereabouts and what was on the island.
"Ron is worried about the existence of this secret organization that is starting to show their presence on the Western continent"
"I believe that they are from the same organization that bombed the Plaza last time. Cale, do you know of any similar information that might be related to this organization?"
"Human! Aren't there is people who help mermaids to strengthen their poison? The only group that can do such a thing right now are those from that secret organization!" Instead of Cale, Raon began to join the conversation.
Ohn and Hong also began to recount the details of what they did in the dark forest together with Witira and Paseton. About their discovery and about Raon successfully destroying the lake.
"This secret organization seems to have existed on the Western continent for quite some time. The number of members on the island is quite large, not to mention those who have been present in the capital. I heard that the same organization is also the one that caused all the residents in Harris village to face a tragic end to their lives"
"You came to Harris village?"
"I went to Harris village after I finished exploring the dark forest. I also saw footprints around the lake you guys were talking about. Thankfully, it was destroyed now."
Cale fell silent, starting to think seriously about how dangerous this organization was. They were already so powerful because they managed to possess the dragon eggs that were eventually sold to Marquez Sten's family. They were also the ones who knew clearly about the event in the Plaza that day and had secretly stopped by a remote island in the Roan Kingdom.
No one knew how long they had been in the Western continent.
"Do you know the medicine to treat the poison in Ron's body? Your servant is quite confident that he will die soon"
"We just need the blood of a mermaid to cure him. Also, thank you for saving Ron and bringing him here."
"That's fine. If I had a personal servant as talented as Ron, I wouldn't want to let him die like this either"
Klein smiled. Ron was an old man with many talents. Being an assassin is one thing, but Ron was really good in many fields. His skills as a Butler were impeccable which kept him in a high position and respected by all the other servants and Butlers in Henituse castle. Even the knights here did not look down on Ron.
Staring at the still silent Cale Henituse, Ohn and Hong on his lap and Raon on his shoulder, Klein continued speaking.
"Didn't I warn you not to be greedy in obtaining ancient power?"
"I'm not greedy"
"I've studied the history of people who possess ancient powers. Although my information may not be much, but I have some important points that I can share with you"
Cale nodded, agreeing that he was ready to receive the information. After all, he himself did not have the time to find out about other people with ancient powers.
If Klein could do it, Cale could only sit back and listen to the explanation.
"So far, I have found no history of humans having more than one ancient power in their bodies. Of course it could be because I don't have much information, but I have my own hypothesis on this matter"
Still stroking Hong and Ohn's tense bodies as they listened to his explanation, Klein smiled as Raon flew straight to Cale, ready to lecture the young man about his own health.
"Most likely, anyone who has two ancient powers in their body will die instantly due to the two powers clashing. You have the power of vitality of the heart that can heal any injury, right? That power is also what keeps your body still fine for now"
"I think that power is doing its job well"
"Yes. But if you keep putting more burden on your own body, even the ancient power won't be able to help"
Klein had already realized that Cale Henituse had two new ancient powers in his body. Although the young man looked fine, very healthy in fact, but Klein could see the struggle experienced by the internal organs of Cale Henituse. The ancient power of Vitality of the heart was working hard to maintain the balance of the 'plate' possessed by this young man.
"Let me do some divination on you and figure out the best way to solve this problem. I know that you want to rush to save Ron, but you can't save the old man if you yourself are on the verge of death."
Cale gave his hand to Klein, letting his cousin do the divination as he said.
This was the first time Cale, Ohn, Hong and Raon had seen Klein Moretti perform divination on a living person. The two cats had already jumped away, afraid of getting in the way of Klein's serious work.
"Cough!"
Exactly after two minutes, Klein coughed loudly and let out blood. Not much, but everyone could feel the pain from the coughing sound.
Cale was already by his side, helping Klein to calm himself down from the prolonged coughing.
"Heh, I guessed right"
"Crazy bastard. Why not think of the consequences before divination?"
"If I think about it, I won't do it. Besides, it's worth the pain"
Ohn, who had already transformed herself into human form, helped Klein to clean the blood stains on his face. The young man's eyes were even bleeding, making his face look messy.
"Cale, your plate is in bad shape right now. I don't know what you're planning to do, but inevitably, you need to have ancient power with other elements to balance the plate you had. You already have the elements of wood and wind, you need the elements of water, fire and earth. Then you will become Aang, the legend of avatar."
"Stop joking around or I'll shut you up some other way."
"You speak as if -cough- you're a cold Duke from the North. Well, we -cough- are in the north-"
"Klein! Stop talking! You're choking on your own blood"
Raon who was already annoyed with the situation from Cale Henituse was even more annoyed when he saw Klein Moretti still continuing to joke even though he was coughing loudly.
Sigh, why do these two weak humans always worry him?!
Notes:
We all love this duo of main characters. Both often play with their own lives. The only difference is that Cale is always surrounded by his family, but Klein is always surrounded by false hopes.
Chapter 29: The priest and the hero
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Cale was wiping down Raon's wet body when he felt another towel on his shoulder. Choi Han had handed him the towel after noticing Cale had yet to finish drying Raon.
Both were soaked because they had forgotten to use a shield, too mesmerized by the water from Cale's ancient power. It was a foolish action, but they were fine.
"Queen Litana asked if she could meet you now. There's something she wants to discuss."
"Tell her I need to rest."
"Understood."
Cale continued cleaning himself and communicating with Alver Crossman about various matters before choosing to sleep peacefully. The next day, greeted enthusiastically by the people of the Jungle, Cale almost fled from all the attention. He was lucky that Queen Litana managed to divert all the attention from him, allowing Cale Henituse to avoid speaking. They proceeded to leave on the queen's black panther, which, for some reason, wanted Cale to ride on its back that day.
"Are you sure you only want a part of this land?"
"Yes."
Queen Litana didn't know what was on the portion of land Cale chose as his reward. She knew the immense value of his work in saving the Jungle. But the reward he chose was more than enough. Cale might become the wealthiest person in the Roan Kingdom or the entire Western Continent if he managed to sell all the high-grade magic stones here!
"Young Master Cale, we missed the chance to thank the previous hero. Please, don't hesitate if you want something more valuable."
"The previous hero?"
The queen nodded, her eyes gazing at the scorched Jungle. A bitter smile appeared on her beautiful face.
"I just learned about it yesterday. During my absence, as we were trapped in the forest, our warriors said a young priest arrived. He didn't explain where he came from, but his accent sounded from the Roan Kingdom, just like yours."
Cale tried to recall if he had ever read a scene where a priest came to help the Jungle. His memory never failed him, and Cale was sure he had never known of such an event. Since Cale took the position of 'hero' who saved the Jungle, no other hero should have come before or after Cale Henituse and his companions.
"Our warriors said he was here for seven days, working day and night to heal the wounds of every warrior and commoner. On the last day, the priest said his task was complete and informed them that I and others would soon come to save our Jungle."
"And he really just disappeared?" Choi Han asked, wondering how one priest could suddenly vanish from the Jungle.
"Yes. That morning, everyone searched for him, but no one could find the young priest. Then we arrived, diverting everyone's attention to us and halting the search for the priest. We never had the chance to properly thank him before he left."
Cale thought it was common for a priest not to want anything excessive after completing their work. After all, they believed their powers came from the gods and should be used solely for good without any other motives. There were exceptions, of course, but the priest in this story fell into the category of a true priest.
Naturally, as he had no interest in finding out more, Cale didn't care and continued his day as planned.
_____
"Klein, have you ever been to the Jungle?"
The young man who had just woken from a short nap looked at Cale before nodding. They were on their way to meet Witira and Paseton to discuss payment for Cale and Raon's work in the Forest of Darkness some time ago.
"You played the role of a priest for a week?"
"Priest? Well, I often say my power comes from the gods... Why? I left just before you and the Jungle queen arrived. Is there a problem?"
"Oh! You were that priest?? If you were in the Jungle, why didn't you wait for us?" Raon, who also knew about the priest rumor in the Jungle, excitedly asked Klein Moretti about his motives.
"Oh... Hmm, I left because I didn't want to interfere with whatever you planned to do."
"What do you mean?"
"I mean, you have your own business with the Jungle queen, right? Before I came to the Jungle, I intended to follow you to the Whipper Kingdom, but who would've thought I'd see the massive fire in the Jungle? Since I wasn't in a rush and had no urgent matters, I thought I'd spend a few days in the Jungle doing something useful."
Klein recalled his reason for ending up in the Jungle. His arrival there was purely accidental. Having played in the Forest of Darkness, he thought he'd visit the Jungle, a place renowned even among commoners in the Roan Kingdom. Klein simply wanted to breathe fresh air and enjoy the beautiful nature. He gradually gave in to his selfish desire to travel to many places.
Who would've thought he wouldn't get fresh air but plumes of smoke ready to kill him if he stayed too long?
The fire engulfing the forest was vast, hot, and uncontrollable.
"At that time, I performed a divination to find out what could extinguish the fire. The answer is a water similar to ancient power. The water in this case had to be pure and strong, not just any ordinary water."
"Klein, they said no one saw you sleep for a whole week there. They searched for you frantically before we arrived nya!" Hong mentioned some of the rumors he heard from several warriors. Honestly, all of Cale's companions knew about the rumor of the priest who appeared and disappeared suddenly.
"Eh? Of course I slept. They just didn't see it."
Even though he was of middle high sequence, Klein still needed sleep. Not much, but he definitely had time to rest. Whatever rumors surrounded him at the moment, it wasn't a problem. He could switch identities if Merlin Hermes could no longer be used.
"Besides, I intended our reunion to be something pleasant. Like, you come home and find me. That way, if there's something we need to discuss, we can talk immediately without delaying anything," Klein explained his main reason for not meeting Cale at that time.
If asked for another reason, Klein would say he didn't want to meet the Jungle queen. Another reason was that he had located Ron and found out the old man was in a dangerous place. Klein wanted to move quickly to follow Ron.
"At least claim your payment first. Working for a week without pay, I didn't expect you not to care about money when you asked for compensation from the crown prince."
"Payment? You mean the Jungle queen wants to reward me? For what? I just helped alleviate their wounds. There were other priests besides me there."
"Exactly."
Cale looked at Klein lazily. He didn't know if Klein couldn't think straight or if he didn't feel he had done something significant. The Jungle, of course, had its own priests. No church, but they had some people capable of healing others' wounds.
Klein's presence, well, Merlin Hermes' presence there, could be considered a blessing from God. If Cale hadn't heard some priests questioning Klein's remarkable abilities, he could say the rumors were exaggerated.
Such a significant act would undoubtedly attract Queen Litana's attention, a queen who never forgot to reward anyone who had helped the Jungle.
"Queen Litana heard about your work and really wants to pay you for your services. Because you were still missing, she somewhat forced me to accept additional gifts," Cale explained the situation.
"Ah... I didn't think of that. But it's okay; the Jungle is in a situation where they need a lot of funds. My life is already good enough and lacks nothing." Klein Moretti's life here was not impoverished at all.
Despite Moretti County suffering some losses after the deaths of Benson and Melissa, Klein managed to work hard to recover those losses. Thanks to his own intelligence and the help of many people, Klein again had plenty of money to the point he would never worry about what to eat the next day.
"Money is the best."
"I know. That's why I work hard in my office to keep Moretti Territory prosperous."
Letting out a long sigh, Klein remembered his avatar not sleeping for several weeks because he had to learn about economics and the life of a dignified nobleman. Living as a noble was very troublesome.
"Are there any side effects from having an avatar?"
"No. It might seem exhausting because what my avatar does will still reach the brain of the main body. But I'm quite used to dividing things like this."
Klein remembered his ritual to become a full-fledged sequence one, filled with insane obstacles. A city inhabited by his marionettes, each with different background lives. Such things further tainted his soul, almost making him unable to return to being himself.
His humanity was gradually disappearing.
"Anyway, we're helping the Whale Tribe fight the mermaids?"
"Yes."
"Are the mermaids here beautiful?"
"No. They're just a mix of humans and fish. I've never seen a mermaid with a beautiful face."
Klein was a bit disappointed he couldn't see the mermaids he always imagined with beautiful faces. Well, Ohn and Hong said all Whale Tribe members had exceptionally stunning visuals.
"Do you still have that bomb from before?"
"From the plaza? Yes, I still have it."
Klein took the bomb out of his bag. He hadn't had the chance to use it, and it ended up just being a backup weapon. Or perhaps one of the key weapons if he could later use historical projects.
"Let me buy it."
"Human! You know I can make it myself!"
Raon, who had been listening to the two humans' conversation, immediately chimed in when Cale wanted to make a transaction.
"I know. But the more, the better. You need to focus on perfecting the explosion; your bombs are already perfect."
Cale took the bomb from Klein's hand and exchanged it for a bag of gold coins.
"Are we going to blow up the island?"
"Yes."
"Won't crown prince Alver be angry if he finds out?"
"Don't let him know."
Sigh.... Who would have thought that Cale Henituse had something about blowing up a place? The lake in the dark forest, and now the island containing members of a secret organization. He need to do divination about this problem.
Notes:
Cale always chose to blow up places when he was too lazy to fight the enemy and Klein always made a scene whenever he was in a position where he had trouble facing the enemy.
I still remember one of the chapters with the title 'Chaos' and that chapter was really chaotic thanks to Klein Moretti who just wanted to run for his life.
Chapter 30: BANG BANG BANG
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
In accordance with the plan, Cale successfully summoned Paseton, a representative of the Whale tribe, to the place he desired. Despite being in a state of war, both did not forget the agreement they had made. Naturally, the King of the Sea and Witira were also aware of this. Cale felt pleased with the cooperation he had established with the Whale tribe.
"I know this isn't the best time to call you," Cale began.
"We promised to come whenever you needed us, Young Master Cale. How can we assist you?" Paseton responded elegantly to the polite statement made by the young master before him. His eyes glanced at Choi Han, Raon, and the young man he was seeing for the first time. Well, if he's by Cale Henituse's side, he must be trustworthy.
"Hmm, I've heard that you're at war with the mermaids. I'm thinking of sending a bit of help your way," Cale stated casually.
Paseton gasped at the casual nature of the statement. He almost wanted to say that humans shouldn't interfere in their sea battles, but he also remembered that the mermaids openly showed they were receiving help from humans. And the organization assisting the mermaids was indeed disrupting the movements of the Whale tribe.
"Is there something you want this time?" Paseton asked, recalling the urgent situation they were facing and adopting a professional demeanor. He had learned enough from Witira, even if only as an observer.
"I have a situation where my personal servant was poisoned by a mermaid. I want a part of the mermaid's body as payment for this service."
"As you wish. We will get the best."
"Alright. Let's arrange a meeting with the others as soon as possible."
---
Klein observed the situation around him. Witira arrived covered in blood, as did the other warriors of the Whale tribe. They said their blood would help combat the mermaid's poison. It was a terrifying thought. Klein couldn't even imagine himself covered in blood like that.
Cale calmly explained his plan to destroy the island, as if they were merely setting off fireworks. Witira looked surprised but immediately agreed when Raon assured them that they could perfectly destroy the island.
Choi Han, as usual, guarded the front of the tent like a knight. Whatever his role, Choi Han would agree. Rosalyn was communicating with the children of the Blue Wolf tribe, with Ohn and Hong on her lap.
"Merlin, how many people are on the island?"
Hearing his name called, Klein casually replied, "Forty. That crazy mage is going to die soon, he might do something crazy before he goes. Ah, and there are some newcomers, aren't there? Witira-nim?"
Witira, who didn't know what the relaxed young man was capable of, was surprised to hear this. She had expected that the people around Cale Henituse weren't ordinary, but the young man's abilities were beyond anyone's expectations.
"How do you know?"
"I went to the island some time ago to investigate what was going on. The newcomers are quite strong."
"You're right. A few days ago, a swordsman and spearman arrived with others. They've really been making it difficult for us by constantly attacking Whales who aren't part of the war," Witira expressed her current main concern.
"Hmm, we'll be fine, Cale. Continue with your plan," Klein Moretti said that, making Cale's lips twitch. Before Witira arrived at the tent, they had discussed the possibilities on the island. Klein shared the information he knew from his investigation, and Raon, at Cale's request, asked Klein to discreetly perform a divination.
Klein hadn't had the chance to share the results of the divination because Witira had arrived.
Cale was concerned about the unexpected newcomers, a swordsman and a spearman. Although these titles could be held by others, they were able to irritate Witira. This meant their abilities were not ordinary.
But Klein reassured him that there was nothing to worry about. After all, they had Raon and Choi Han. All Cale and the others needed to do was proceed carefully.
---
Cale walked carefully toward the location where they needed to plant the bombs. After Ohn, Hong, and Raon confirmed that there was no one in the area, Cale carefully dug into the ground. He even used a magic tool to ensure that no sound would likely be heard by the members of the secret organization named Arm.
Of course, the three children beside him had different thoughts about his idea. But Cale didn't care. As long as no chaos started, they had plenty of time.
One by one, the bombs began to be buried according to the plan.
"Weak human! We're done, let's go quickly!"
"Yes."
He wondered how Rosalyn, Choi Han, and Klein's team were doing with their tasks. Cale thought that Choi Han might make a mistake by making noise or something, but the island remained as quiet as when they arrived.
"INTRUDER!"
"Shit."
Cale Henituse spoke too soon. From another direction, Cale could see Choi Han, Rosalyn, and Klein running quickly to avoid attacks from the organization. As per their agreement, if they were discovered, they shouldn't counterattack and should immediately flee.
With the help of his ancient wind power, Cale sped towards Archie.
A projectile flew right past his head. Cale turned and saw two people, about ten meters apart, lying on the ground with two cards each embedded in their eyes. Wait, Cards?
"Hurry!"
Klein Moretti was the one behind the misuse of the cards. Cale didn't know where he got them, but his skills were truly helpful. Quickly, Cale and the two cats in his arms reached Archie, and they immediately moved away from the island.
Cale made sure the others were on their Whale taxi.
"Raon, relax, I know you can do this."
Raon, who had been focusing on channeling his mana, smiled at Cale's words.
"Of course, weak human. Make sure you don't get swept away by the water!"
Cale gripped Archie tighter, indicating that he heard the dragon's advice. Well, he still had his Shield to ensure they would be okay. Choi Han, Rosalyn, and Klein approached him. The swordmaster began to apologize for his mistake at the end of the plan.
"Sorry for my lack of caution. Actually, if it weren't for Merlin, we would have been discovered from the beginning."
Cale didn't know what the man had done to almost mess up his plan if Klein hadn't quickly and silently killed the Arm member there.
"Where did you get those cards?"
The young master remembered that Klein hadn't brought his bow because it was cumbersome. Who would have thought he'd bring cards to use as weapons?
"At a bar. They had plenty of cards," Klein answered shortly, his attention elsewhere.
"Shield."
"Yes, sir."
"Preparations are complete."
Hearing Raon's voice, Cale nodded.
The position was perfect, the Shield from him and Rosalyn was up, and Raon was ready.
"Explode."
BOOM!
BOOM!
BOOM!
Everyone, including Cale Henituse himself, stared in disbelief at the explosion before them. His and Rosalyn's Shields worked hard to protect them from the strong impact of the water.
"What the fuck?" Archie, almost losing his balance on the water for the first time, couldn't believe what he had just seen. The plan to destroy the island was known. Even though he called Cale Henituse and his plan crazy, Archie secretly agreed with it. He had long wanted to kill all the humans there quickly.
But... But this! The island was utterly destroyed, leaving no trace. The sea was now showered with fragments of an island that no longer existed. If not controlled properly, a tsunami could occur.
"Raon, are you okay?"
"Of course! This great dragon is fine! I'm not like you two who can't freely use your own powers," Raon's response made Cale and Klein sigh. Klein lampooning the fact that he still couldn't help much despite being at sequence six, while Cale was frustrated by his limitations with using ancient power.
"He's coming," Klein said. Right after he spoke, Choi Han stood at the forefront.
In the distance, they all saw Redika flying at an incredible speed. His eyes were destroyed, and his hands could no longer cast magic. But his hatred for Choi Han kept him alive even after the explosion.
"I'll take care of this," Choi Han said confidently.
Redika would likely explode near them if he thought it was the only way to injure them.
Before Choi Han could swing his sword, Merlin Hermes, the young man whose presence somehow calmed Choi Han, suddenly appeared beside him. He pointed his index and middle fingers at Redika.
"Bang."
His voice was soft, like an adult playing with a child. But the impact of what happened was clear to everyone. Redika's body, moving at high speed, exploded as if shot by something.
He was still far enough from them that no one was hurt. Besides, Cale Henituse's and Rosalyn's Shields could still protect them.
"Sorry for taking your moment, Sir Choi Han, but we don't have much time. There's still the swordmaster and spearman," Merlin said, pointing to where the Whale tribe was still trying to stop the madness of the swordmaster there.
Notes:
I mean to say something else in this note. But what hell? 10k hits?! OMG?!
Chapter 31: Loss of taste
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Cale and Klein are currently behind Archie’s body. After instructing Choi Han, Rosalyn, and the others to fight against the remaining Arm members on the island, the two chose to oversee the situation.
"Strange."
"What's strange?" Raon, who is never far from Cale, chose to ask. He was still amazed by Klein’s ability to blow up Redika's body from a distance just moments ago.
"Does the Western continent have many swordmasters?"
"No."
Well, not everyone can become a swordmaster. The Roan Kingdom itself never had a swordmaster; Choi Han hadn’t debuted publicly yet.
"She comes from the Western continent. I guess Arm has had a foundation on this continent for a long time; they wouldn’t have been discovered if we weren’t serious about searching for them."
Klein had this hypothesis for quite some time. This organization managed to locate the lake in the Dark Forest, a place known only to Cale Henituse with his information and Klein Moretti by his accident. It should be, an outsider—if the organization were new, it would be unlikely for them to know that location.
The same organization managed to infiltrate the Plaza. Well, Klein understood why they could do that. The Roan Kingdom isn’t a strong kingdom. That’s a fact.
However, this organization has also been established on one of the islands for quite a while and built alliances with the mermaids. They aimed to take advantage by breaking the agreements with those at sea and on land.
Klein suddenly remembered the fate of Cale Henituse and Choi Han. It made him ask his fellow transmigrator.
"Do you intend to eradicate this organization?"
"That’s a hero’s task," Cale answered confidently. His encounter with the Arm organization was simple because he was at the plaza, and Ron needed a mermaid’s body part. Cale didn’t plan to locate where this organization was and wipe them all off the face of the earth.
That’s Choi Han and his party's task.
"Alright. Let’s protect this comfortable life for as long as we can," Klein said casually before climbing onto one of the remaining whale bodies.
"Sir Archie? Where are the other injured tribes members? I’ll head there."
Before they left for the island, Klein had been working as their makeshift doctor. To increase the survival rate of the whale tribes, they needed to be saved as quickly as possible. This was also why Klein didn’t carry any weapons other than cards because he had a different task from the others.
Thanks to his efforts, the whale tribes began to trust Merlin Hermes because he was Merlin Hermes, not just because he is Cale Henituse’s friend.
"Take him to the place."
"Yes, sir."
"Good luck, Cale. Don’t stay in the water too long; you might get sick."
It’s somewhat impossible to catch a cold after he has the vitality of the heart, but that doesn’t mean Cale wants to stay in the water for too long. He wanted to finish everything quickly and return to Henituse territory.
"Raon, explode the bom again."
"Okay!"
Raon enthusiastically focused on the fight not far from them. There were Rosalyn and Choi Han fighting against the swordmaster and spearman. Not far from there, warriors from the whale tribes were focused on their fight against the mermaids. Klein Moretti was on his way to help those who needed aid due to injuries.
Archie, still shocked by the results of the explosion on the previous island, looked at Cale incredulously.
"You want to blow something up again?"
"The sooner, the better. There’s a life of my servant waiting to be saved," Cale used Ron as an excuse because he wanted to go home quickly.
It worked because Archie remained silent, and Raon focused on assisting Rosalyn and Choi Han.
---
In his previous life, Klein Moretti had worked in general services. He used to clean bathrooms and then hunt pirates. In this life, Klein enjoyed his time as a doctor.
Thanks to his increasingly strong spirit vision and the help of his faceless ability, Klein easily assisted all the wounded warriors and whales from the battle.
"Are you a priest?" someone asked, staring in disbelief at the perfectly healed wounds.
"No. But I believe my power also comes from the gods, just that it works a bit differently from the usual priests."
Klein got up and moved to his other patient. Many tribe members had recovered and were helping those in need. Thanks to Cale's information, they knew the perfect way to treat those poisoned by mermaids.
It had been two hours since Klein separated from his team. The battle must be nearing its end, and Cale might have returned to Ron with the mermaid parts selected by Witira directly.
"Merlin."
The familiar voice reached his ears. Choi Han arrived, somewhat awkwardly, after seeing the tent crowded with patients.
"Oh? Sir Choi Han, have you finished?"
"Yes. Ron has been saved, and Cale-nim asked you to return. It’s already midnight."
As Choi Han said, it was indeed midnight. Although the tent was still busy, it was quite quiet outside because the battle between the Whale and mermaid was far away.
Klein nodded and cleaned his hands briefly before following Choi Han out. Rosalyn was already there, assigned to teleport quickly. However, before Klein could leave, one of the Whale tribe children grabbed his hand.
"Sir Merlin!"
"Hmm? Hello, sweet child. Do you need something? Are you hurt?"
Klein hadn’t seen this child earlier. Using spirit vision, he didn’t find any injuries on the dirty-clothed little girl. Although there were no wounds, her clothes still had dried blood stains.
Klein crouched to be at eye level with the little girl.
"Thank you for saving my father and everyone here. Sir, I know this might not mean much, but please accept this. It tastes very sweet! I always feel happy whenever I eat this fruit. I hope Sir Merlin will also be happy and have a good rest tonight."
Klein smiled, accepting the fruit from the girl and placing it in his bag.
"Thank you. Your father will be alright; I’ve ensured there are no other injuries on him. He just needs to rest a bit before returning to normal. You should rest too, okay?"
"Yes, sir!"
"Good girl. Well, I’m leaving now."
Klein smiled brightly while holding the fruit in his hand. Choi Han and Rosalyn also felt happy because he received a warm welcome from the Whale tribe, known for their arrogance.
"You must be tired after expending so much energy. I hope you can rest."
"You all must be tired too. Get some rest; we’ll go home tomorrow."
The three wished each other goodnight before Klein entered Cale Henituse’s tent. The young man still wanted to discuss something even in the middle of the night.
He ate the fruit given by the child, curious about how sweet it was. Maybe it could really lift his mood, right? Klein wasn’t a fan of sweet food, but he still needed some sugar intake.
....
"Woah! This fruit is so sweet! Klein, where did you get this?!"
"A little girl gave it to me because I saved her father. You can eat all of it, Raon; I happen to not want anything sweet right now."
"Are you sure?"
"Yes."
"Don’t ask where the fruit is."
"Sure."
Klein gently patted the young dragon’s head before looking at Cale, who was drinking his warm lemon tea.
"Do you have any plans after this?"
"No. I plan to follow you wherever you go, young master."
Cale frowned.
"Don’t you have other work?"
"Coincidentally, no. Besides, being near you is pleasant. I’m looking forward to finding interesting things in this world. Who knows, we might meet other tribes, right? Let’s see, I’ve seen the cat tribes, whale tribes, wait... Mueller, which tribe is he from?"
Sighing deeply, Cale chose to ignore Klein’s rambling.
"I’ll spend my time in Harris village."
"That’s fine. The Dark Forest is quite interesting; who knows, I might find something useful."
"Whatever."
Klein laughed as he saw Cale hurriedly getting into bed and choosing to sleep. He instructed Raon to catch up with his favorite human, but the young dragon stared at him quite strangely.
"Why?"
"Nothing.. I just find it a bit odd. Are you very tired? Why do you look sad?"
Klein snorted quietly. This child must have a hard time understanding what Cale Henituse thinks and feels to the point of being very detailed about others’ expressions. His faceless ability is truly impressive, but it’s still useless if his mental state isn’t good.
"I’m indeed very tired. I wish I could sleep deeply without worrying about anything."
"You can sleep deeply! Our Human also sleeps for a long time to the point that I have to check if he’s still breathing or not!"
Hearing the child’s chatter, Klein laughed. The children around Cale really have a hard time trying to understand the Cale Henituse.
"Yes, yes, I’ll leave now. Goodnight."
"Goodnight too! Thank you for the fruit!"
---
The taste was bland.
Klein didn’t feel anything when he ate the fruit.
Why? He didn’t remember ever experiencing something like this even when his sequence was at level two.
Was he sick? No. He was fine... So, why?
Now that he thought about it, Klein hadn't actually been hungry since yesterday. He couldn't remember if he had eaten after he saved Ron that time. Somehow, there was no mood to eat something as delicious as whatever dish Vicross or the other chefs had prepared.
He hadn't fallen asleep either.
Why was he only thinking about this now? Was it because he was too busy before and didn't think it was strange? Well, it is strange.
Not feeling hunger, not needing sleep, all the food not having any flavor like what he could previously taste...
Had his humanity really started to disappear again?
Why was it suddenly like this?
Notes:
Hohohoho
Chapter 32: What is a perfect happy ending?
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Cale let out a long sigh. An old dream had awakened him from his deep sleep. After successfully saving Ron's life, they were all able to return safely to the Henituse territory.
As planned, they chose Harris Village as the place to spend time resting. Of course, Cale had his own reasons for staying away from the Henituse family, fearing he might suddenly be appointed as the next Lord.
Awake from his dream, Cale couldn't sleep again and chose to calm himself by walking around the newly built villa. The time showed 2 AM, and he was grateful that Raon, Ohn, and Hong were sound asleep, so his departure did not disturb them.
"Klein?"
He frowned. In the backyard of the villa, Klein Moretti, still using Merlin Hermes's appearance, sat alone on the grass. Although they were different, his body still looked the same, making that small back appear even smaller tonight.
"How long have you been here?"
"I don't know."
Deciding to approach his cousin, Cale received an unusual response from Klein Moretti. The young man's voice sounded tired for someone who rarely left his room. Cale sat beside him, joining him in looking at the clear full moon in the night sky.
"Roksoo, do you want to return to your original world?"
The question surprised him. Cale looked at the young man beside him for a moment before pretending not to notice the tears flowing down Klein's face.
"I have no reason to go back. It's better here."
"You know? The moon in my world is reddish. I used to be quite scared whenever I saw it, but now... I miss the red moon."
Red moon? Even on Earth, where monsters already threatened human existence, making the world call it an apocalypse, the moon still had the same color. Sure, they lost a bit of sunlight, but Cale knew that the sun still had the same shape.
"Do you miss your home?"
"Home..."
The emptiness in the young man's eyes slowly worried Cale. But he wasn't the kind of person who could comfort a friend who was depressed; he wasn't team leader Lee.
"I don't have a home, but they still need me there."
"That means you have a home. Isn't home where someone is waiting for you to return?"
"Yes. That's why, Cale, I want to go back to my world."
Cale fell silent for a moment. As someone who had decided to make this place his permanent home, he had never thought about how to return to his world.
There was no one there.
No one was waiting for him.
The world would remain the same even if he was no longer there.
"Have you been looking for a way back these past three months?" Cale questioned what Klein had been doing during their three-month separation.
"Yes. He said I could only go home after completing my mission here."
Lies. Klein Moretti was never given any mission in this world or the previous one. The one who decided to become a Beyonder? That was himself. His strong desire to return to modern life made Klein choose a difficult path.
"What are you? A messenger of the god?"
"I guess."
If asked what Klein Moretti was, he wouldn't know. He didn't know his mission, nor his life's purpose. The only thing he knew for sure was the responsibility of his own power. The responsibility to repay all the kindness of the people who had helped him so far.
The responsibility as the Lord of Mystery.
"Do you like reading novels?"
"I read when I have time."
"What kind of ending do you like?"
"Happy ending. What's the point of going through so much hardship throughout the chapters only to get a sad ending?"
Well, it actually depends on how the author writes the story. Many fantasy novels have heroes with happy endings and also bittersweet endings. Cale remembered one of his friends often complained whenever they read a novel with a bittersweet ending.
Not satisfying, but sometimes it's the perfect ending.
Every hero has a different story after all.
Sometimes, if the story is too tragic, it can be difficult to have a reasonable happy ending.
"What is a perfect happy ending for you?"
For tonight, after a long time, Cale finally met another fellow transmigrator who liked to do everything alone. Tonight, under the beautiful sky with a full moon that was pleasing to the eyes, the same fellow was also crying, missing his home.
Kim Roksoo didn't know how to make someone feel better when they were sad. He had never tried such a thing either.
"The best happy ending is when the hero and their party have a peaceful day where they only need to worry about ordinary things like food and work to earn money."
The red-haired man decided to stay with Klein if it could help the young man beside him feel better.
"I once met a great hero. He had a big body, was intelligent, and was a very kind person. Everyone around him decided to make him the leader so they could return home. These people were those trapped in a place because of making a small mistake in their lives due to carelessness."
Klein lay down on the grass. His eyes closed, and a smile formed on his lips as he remembered a specific giant he knew.
"In that hero's party, there were many people with contrasting personalities. But they had the same goal, which made them tolerate each other."
The young man continued his story, seeing that Cale remained silent, not seeming to want to interrupt.
"Then, one day, they all finally found a way to go back home. The way was to kill a dragon who was the main culprit of them being trapped in that place. The dragon had the power to create illusions, trapping everyone and making them live in a dimension different from everyone else. To return, they had to kill the dragon."
Mentioning a dragon, both suddenly remembered the young dragon they often saw. Of course, the dragons in this world weren't individuals that could be killed like that.
"Everyone helped each other to kill the dragon. They carried out various strategies to fight an entity that had lived for hundreds of years. The giant hero played a crucial role in the operation. He saved his friends many times, giving them opportunities to attack the dragon and doing everything possible to win. Even after suffering severe injuries, he continued to move to protect them all."
Klein didn't know how strong the dragons in this world were, but he didn't intend to make a dragon an enemy.
"The long battle ended. The dragon died, and the portal to return to the real world finally appeared. But our hero, who contributed the most to the effort, who was the most enthusiastic whenever talking about home... He was also the only one who died at that time."
Emotion. He needed emotion to restore his humanity. There was no Miss Justice here; Klein had to fight alone against the depression that was starting to eat at his heart.
"He died before he could see how his home was now. To honor him, we brought his body to be buried at his home. But after exiting the portal, everyone began to realize how long they had been trapped there, how long the world had gone on without them. Just as they set foot in the real timeline... Their bodies crumbled, turning into dust."
Cale remained silent. He could feel the emotions Klein Moretti was trying to hold back. The chaotic feelings as he watched their hero become the only one who died, then all the other party members also died just after they thought they had gotten a happy ending.
"They were all heroes. Thanks to their hard work and resilience, the dragon was defeated, and there would be no more victims like them afterward. But... They died without ever being able to return. They died just after they thought they could go home. No one knew they worked hard, no one knew they suffered, no one knew they had defeated a world-threatening menace and saved many people. Do you think they deserved such an ending after experiencing a difficult life?"
"No. If that were a novel, I would have commented to the author and asked what life problems he was experiencing to write a novel with such an ending."
Klein opened his eyes, looking at Cale Henituse. His messy red hair blowing in the wind, his pale white skin, his intimidating yet gentle gaze when looking at children...
Cale Henituse looked beautiful even when he did nothing.
"I think you would look good with long hair. You know, in this era, it's common for men to have long hair like women."
"The fuck with your topic change? Weirdo"
"I'm just complimenting your face. You must be the center of attention in public places."
Cale clicked his tongue. Because of his red hair, he indeed became the center of attention, though for unimportant reasons. That was why Cale was reluctant to go anywhere; he wanted a peaceful life.
"I don't like going out. If you're jealous, you can use your ability. Can't you change your facial features at will?"
"My life would be easier if I weren't the center of attention and easily forgotten by others."
Family, he hadn't felt the joy of being part of a family in a long time. Him, who kept leaving others behind, didn't deserve such happiness. Klein often wondered why Leonard still wanted to be friends with a garbage like him.
Being a duo survivor from Tingen is one thing. But Klein... He kept leaving Leonard. He didn't even say anything good to Leonard before he went to sleep, and yet, he asked Leonard to help him wake up.
Isn't that such a trash character he had? Why would Leonard work hard for him? That man could focus on finding a better life, getting married, raising children, or whatever, but he chose to find every way to wake Klein Moretti from his long sleep.
And yet, Klein Moretti got stuck in another world.
____
Choi Han looked around the room he was using in the villa. No matter how often he saw it, Choi Han sometimes couldn't quite believe it was all real. Thanks to Cale Henituse's kindness, he had a comfortable place to rest.
A warm home, good friends. Everything was so good that it was almost unsettling.
The nightmares were still there, reminding Choi Han that he wasn't strong enough. He needed to become stronger if he wanted to avenge his losses. If it weren't for Cale Henituse's brilliant plan and his connections with the Whale tribe, they wouldn't have been able to win the battle so easily.
If it weren't for the help of their new friend, Merlin Hermes, they would have lost Ron several days ago.
Choi Han felt that his own role wasn't particularly important, and he hated that. He wanted to be useful, to contribute in a way that could help Cale Henituse. This mindset made Choi Han get up and decide to train in the early morning.
The Dark Forest was close by. He could vent his frustration at his own weakness by fighting monsters.
Choi Han walked out of the villa until he found the owner of the villa sitting in the back garden, looking at the beautiful night sky with the moon shining brightly, with Merlin Hermes asleep beside him.
"Cale-nim?"
The red-haired young man looked at him briefly before putting a finger to his lips, signaling Choi Han to be quiet because Merlin was still asleep.
Choi Han approached, trying to get a better look at the two of them. Oddly, Cale Henituse seemed close to Merlin despite them only having met a few days ago.
"Help me take him to his room. He'll get sick if left here."
Merlin Hermes, with shoulder-length hair slightly covering his face, was sleeping very soundly. Both Merlin and Cale were wearing light clothing that wasn't suitable for going out at night. Choi Han didn't ask much and carried Merlin on his back, waiting for Cale Henituse to stand up and lead the way.
"How long have you been outside?" The knight asked, a little worried about the condition of his Lord and the young man on his back.
"He just fell asleep a few minutes ago. And you? Where are you going at this hour?"
Cale Henituse diverted the topic by asking Choi Han's purpose.
"Training."
"At this hour?"
"Yes. Something's been bothering me, and it's better to use the time to train."
Cale scoffed, finding it odd that tonight seemed to be a night that troubled many people's minds. Looking at Klein on Choi Han's back, Cale couldn't help but think the young man was drunk. He had been rambling and talking about many things, sometimes laughing, sometimes crying. Klein Moretti had just fallen asleep after deciding to cogitate.
'I decided to sleep even though I didn't want to. Go, young master; your children will be worried if you suddenly disappear.' - How could Cale leave a half-crazed Klein in the back garden of the newly built villa?
Sigh, his lives were really troublesome. No, its their lives were both troublesome.
Notes:
Hmmmm.... I need some angst
Chapter 33: Sparring
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Choi Han had just returned from training the children of the Blue Wolf tribe when he met Merlin Hermes, who was shooting arrows at fruits at the top of a tree.
The young man was helping Raon focus so that his magic arrows could hit their target accurately without worry. Ohn and Hong stood beside them, looking tired from their nightly training sessions with Ron.
Cale Henituse, the young man with red hair, was lounging on the villa's terrace with a glass of iced lemon tea in his hand. If there was anyone more relaxed around Choi Han, it was Cale Henituse.
"Sir Choi Han! Would you like to spar with me?"
"Spar?"
After three weeks of living under the same roof, Choi Han knew that Merlin was a very kind young man. All the children there, especially Ohn, Hong, and Raon, quickly became close to him without any effort. When Cale was lazy, the three of them would not hesitate to drag Merlin along to shop in Rain City. They would return before nightfall with all kinds of new food in their hands.
However, Choi Han had never sparred with Merlin. The young man with brown irises preferred to train his skills with Rosalyn and occasionally with Cale Henituse. Somehow, Merlin always managed to draw Cale into sparring with him.
"Yes. We've never sparred, and I've never fought a swordmaster. Don’t you also need a sparring partner?"
Well, he does. Choi Han helped many knights and other children strengthen their physical abilities and improve their swordsmanship. But he struggled to find someone who could spar with him; everyone he knew was too afraid to face him one-on-one.
"I've been wanting to spar with you for a while."
Merlin smiled. The sweet-looking young man had incredible abilities. Choi Han had seen a few sparring sessions between Merlin, Rosalyn, and Cale, but neither of them had managed to even scratch the young man.
Sparring between Cale Henituse and Merlin Hermes somehow became one of the best spectacles Choi Han had ever seen.
"Oh? I didn't expect you to accept this offer so quickly."
"Are the rules the same as when you spar with Cale-nim and Rosalyn?"
"Yes. Whoever damages a piece of clothing or inflicts a scratch first wins."
Merlin put away his bow. Raon, who had left a few moments earlier, returned with Cale Henituse, pushing him from behind. The child was excited to hear that Choi Han and Merlin were going to spar.
"Merlin, you know you're going to lose."
"Eeeeyy, what is this? I don't trust a man who can't even touch a single strand of my hair."
"Choi Han, don't let your guard down just because he looks like that."
"Young master Cale, I don't recall doing anything wrong to you, but today, your mouth keeps spouting harsh words. That is not very noble of you"
Cale didn't care. He led the three excited children to a shadier spot to watch. Raon had already put up his shield from the beginning, afraid that something dangerous might bounce their way.
...
Honestly, Cale knew that this wouldn't be an easy spar for Choi Han. The man who had struggled to find a sparring partner was putting in more effort to defeat Klein Moretti today than when he tried to beat Tunka to a pulp.
Bang!
Choi Han dodged the attack just before the wind shot reached his feet. Klein Moretti was quick, very quick in his movements. He was also very calm, to the point of being intimidating.
Choi Han indeed hadn't met a sparring partner who specialized in swordsmanship, but the reality of life was that he wouldn't always encounter enemies who used swords. Sparring with Klein Moretti was similar to sparring against a mage. Well, even a mage couldn't use their powers like Klein was doing now.
The young man was reading all of Choi Han's movements.
"I know that moving with emotion is one of your charms, but Choi Han—"
Klein dodged the wooden sword thrust aimed at his solar plexus. After five minutes of sparring, Klein managed to make Choi Han move seriously without worrying about hurting him excessively.
"Fighting an opponent who knows how to avoid your sword is annoying, isn't it?"
"Yeah. It's annoying."
Choi Han smirked. He hadn't managed to tear even a bit of his partner's clothing yet, but he wasn't a swordsman who gave up easily just because he couldn't injure his opponent in a few attempts.
Everyone has a weakness. The problem is, It's just hard to find Merlin's weak spot. The young man seemed like someone who could only dodge and move quickly. But his offensive skills were also quite strong. Choi Han had to delay his attacks several times to dodge Merlin's.
"If you get too caught up in your emotions, even with unclear movements, I can figure out how to avoid them."
That soft voice sounded calm despite their intense movements. It was the first time Choi Han had encountered someone who wasn't pressured at all while facing him.
"Choi Han, I'm someone who moves very quickly. You know what my offensive power is like, think of a way to bring me down."
Bang!
Choi Han stepped back a few steps as Merlin decided to kick him hard. He managed to block the attack with his sword, but the young man didn't let Choi Han think for too long.
"Good defense."
The praise came alongside another attack. Merlin, who was positioned above Choi Han, spun quickly to deliver a side kick.
"I didn't expect you to have a strong kick."
He managed to grab that leg, ready to bring Merlin down with him. The plan was abandoned when Choi Han had to dodge upon seeing Merlin pointing two fingers at his face, ready to shoot with a wind shot.
"You're still not fast enough."
Choi Han wasn't one to talk much while fighting. But all his emotions showed through his movements.
Staring at the half-baked mage before him, Choi Han couldn't help but smile. After a long time, he had finally found a formidable opponent. Merlin might not look very strong, but the fact that Choi Han hadn't been able to hit him even once indicated otherwise.
Well, the same could be said for Cale Henituse. That young master looked ordinary, but the ancient powers he possessed were incredibly strong offensive-type abilities.
"You're strong. But all of that is useless if your attacks don't hit the opponent. Focus, and you'll be able to bring me down."
Merlin's soft voice truly helped him stay focused. The young man wasn't a swordsman, but he clearly knew what he was talking about with Choi Han. They were only sparring, but it was the first time Choi Han had truly focused on his opponent. He wasn't even this focused when fighting his enemies.
Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang!
The sound of wind shots accompanied the dust flying up from the ground. Choi Han sharpened his instincts to dodge and figure out Merlin Hermes's position, obscured by the dust.
From above.
Putting aside his usual fighting style, Choi Han jumped high and immediately twisted mid-air to catch the young man launching an attack at him.
Bugh!
...
"They've gone crazy," Cale commented upon seeing the villa's courtyard full of dust. Thanks to Raon's shield, the dust never reached him, Ohn, or Hong.
He knew Klein Moretti wasn't just an ordinary person who accidentally transmigrated to another world. But being able to keep up with the main character, Choi Han, was another thing. After clearing the dust with a bit of his wind power, Cale and the others could finally see the sparring situation.
"Choi Han wins!" Raon exclaimed upon seeing Klein fall to the ground first.
Well, more accurately, Choi Han caught Klein's body above before the young man could teleport elsewhere at the moment he sensed danger.
"No. Merlin wins; he tore Choi Han's clothing first," Cale stated the fact the children hadn't realized.
The rule for winning in this sparring match was whoever fell to the ground first or tore the other's clothing first.
Before Choi Han managed to bring Klein down, the young man had already managed to shoot wind at Choi Han's shoulder, tearing a sizeable hole in the fabric.
"Oh! Human! You're right! Merlin wins!"
The one who won the sparring match was still on the ground. With Choi Han's hands holding both of his wrists to prevent any more wind shots.
"You hear that, Sir Choi Han? I win," Klein said, looking up at Choi Han, who was still pinning him down. Well, it couldn't be called pinning since Klein couldn't feel the man's weight.
"I'm grateful we're not enemies. You'd be annoying if we were on opposite sides," Choi Han said casually. He stood up first before helping Merlin to sit up.
"Fighting a swordsman, especially a swordmaster, isn't easy. If you'd used your aura from the start of the sparring, I might have lost," Klein commented.
Well, for sequence 6 Klein, he would indeed lose against Choi Han. The young man's power was incredible; even without the help of Beyonder potions, Choi Han was an impressive individual.
But if you wanted to think maliciously, defeating Choi Han was easy. If you're confident in your power, just make sure you know Choi Han's weakness. For example, the people he loves and considers family. The moment Choi Han loses control, it also becomes the moment he's both very strong and very easy to defeat.
Of course, that's just the thought of villains who enjoy seeing others suffer.
Klein Moretti had no intention of doing that.
His task was to help Choi Han become stronger more quickly.
"Merlin."
"Yeah?"
Looking at Choi Han, who was already standing, Klein squinted slightly against the bright sunlight behind Choi Han.
"If you have time, can we spar again?"
Choi Han extended his hand toward him. There was a genuine smile on his face, a smile that truly showed what he felt. It was a smile that usually only appeared when he was with Cale Henituse or the other children.
"Coincidentally, I have plenty of time," Klein replied, accepting the extended hand.
Living here, with these people... It doesn't seem like such a bad thing.
Notes:
As usual, I'm always very busy in the first two weeks of the month. I also don't have too many ideas, so it's hard to find the moment. I hope this chapter can help make your day a bit.
__
Oh, I just remembered that I wanted to talk about this. Back when I was reading LOTM, I really wanted to see Klein fight together with others. I mean, actually become a team to defeat the same enemy. But not with other gods, with fellow humans.
Then came the chapter where Klein fought together with Alger on that island I forgot the name of. And when I read that chapter, I realized that if Klein fought together with other people, he would be very busy to make sure that his partner would be okay. Like, how much did Klein move here and there and then always managed to appear when Alger was about to die?
Chapter 34: God and all their means to protect the world.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Cale Henituse was relaxing in his room when the magic video device, specifically for incoming calls from Alver Crossman, lit up. Today, like other peaceful days before, Cale was simply enjoying life while eating and drinking alcohol, listening to the chatter from the children around him, and watching Klein bring back various things from the city every time he went there.
Seriously, Klein seemed to never run out of ideas for buying something. Sometimes, he would buy books for Raon, Ohn, and Hong to read. Sometimes, he would purchase different kinds of clothes while complaining about the high prices.
It got to the point where Cale wanted to give his gold coins to the young man because Klein spent three hours just to choose which shoes had good quality but were cheaper in price.
He acted as if he wasn’t using his personal funds, despite being a Count from one of the wealthiest territories in the Roan Kingdom.
"The Crown Prince! He's calling you again, Human. Lately, he’s been contacting us quite often."
Indeed. Alver and Cale frequently contacted each other to ensure their business ran smoothly.
"Sigh, accept the call," Cale sighed. Though reluctant, he accepted the call, ready to bother Alver in return for disturbing his rest.
---
"Are we going to the desert?"
"Yes. Do you want to come along?"
"Of course. I haven't traveled outside the Roan Kingdom yet."
Klein nodded casually. In his hand was a plate of homemade cookies, which he shared with everyone in the villa. To stabilize one's mental state, a person needs to enjoy daily life better. Unlike in his world, Klein wasn’t overly worried about many things here, nor did he have any desires for revenge against anyone.
With so many good people around, even though Klein didn't build close personal relationships like Cale Henituse, he still enjoyed everything.
The taste of the food still felt bland, though. Klein only followed Vicross's recipe and acted as if he could taste everything perfectly.
Raon, Ohn, and Hong enjoyed their cookies calmly. Ron was already busy preparing everything after hearing that his young master was going away.
"We'll bring Cage along because we need the blessing from the God of Death. I think she’ll recognize you since you also have a connection with the God of Death," Cale explained the situation to Klein after learning that Alver had to receive a bracelet already blessed by the God of Death for the sake of hiding his identity as a dark elf.
Seriously, that man’s life was so troublesome. That’s why Cale was just glad he could rely on Basen as the next heir of the Henituse County.
"His Highness Alver has also been contacting Moretti County for some matters. The celebration in the Mogoru Empire will certainly be a grand event. Isn't the imperial family there also using the term that they are blessed by the God of the Sun? Heh, there are so many noble families blessed by that god," Klein chuckled as he recalled some similarities between the Mogoru Empire’s imperial family and the Roan Kingdom’s royal family.
They both claimed they were blessed by the God of the Sun.
"Merlin, I actually don't understand the term 'blessed by the god.' What's so special about it? I didn’t feel any aura when we met the crown prince and other princes at the Plaza that day," Raon, who still remembered Klein using his Merlin identity, asked casually.
He really didn’t understand why the title 'blessed by the god' was considered so great. What did they do? Even Raon knew that members of the Roan Kingdom's royal family had nothing special about them.
The only ones who had a deity's aura in their bodies were Cage and Klein every time he returned from church.
"Well, you can't see it directly. A suitable example would be Cale's ancient powers. If Cale doesn’t show his powers himself, no one would know he has them. Well, priests are sometimes an exception because they declare themselves to be servants of the gods. It's no wonder you can feel the aura of a god whenever they use their powers. After all, their powers also come from the god they worship."
Klein explained according to what he knew. As someone who frequently blessed other humans and was also a human blessed by other gods, the concept of being blessed was quite challenging to explain.
It's like they can borrow power from a god until the god feels that the human no longer needs that power.
"Are you also blessed by the God of Death?" Ohn asked after remembering that Klein had been offered that.
"Me? No. I only communicate normally with the God of Death about certain things; the power I use is mine, and no one can take it unless they kill me first," Klein replied. He often went to the church of the God of Death to communicate with that god.
Even though he could do it here, Klein felt safer for everyone if he went to the church. After all, the God of Death himself was in a state where he couldn't fully focus on watching his world for the sake of hiding the existence of Sefirah Castle.
"You talk about communicating with gods as if it’s a normal thing. All the bishops would cry with envy if they heard this."
Oh... Klein slightly forgot that being able to communicate with the god you worship was nearly impossible. Having their requests granted by their god was already something to be very happy about, let alone being able to communicate with them.
"Well, just consider me familiar enough to communicate with deities. I know you don't care much about religion or gods, but one thing is for sure—they do exist, and their power over this world is absolute. They will do anything to protect their world, they really will do anything."
Hearing Klein's answer, Cale sighed deeply. Gods protecting the world, huh? He hoped he wouldn’t have to meet or communicate with any god.
Beings that truly existed but whose desires were unknowable.
Who supposedly want to protect the world but remain silent when evil emerges everywhere. Will they only truly appear when the world is about to be destroyed?
"Tsk, are you sure they really want to protect the world?"
Klein looked up at the clear sky that pleased his eyes. Somewhere up there, in their respective domains, each god had their own desires, but their goal remained the same.
For whatever reason, the world they ruled must not be destroyed. And if that destruction could not be avoided, they would choose another option. Either bring their followers to a new planet or let everything be destroyed and move on to another, safer planet alone.
For himself, Klein didn’t want to feel like he was an absolute god. If he wanted that, what was the point of working hard to maintain his own humanity?
"Yeah. They’re trying to protect their world by any means necessary. If the gods here didn't care about that, this world would be destroyed, Cale."
"You talk like someone who deeply loves his god, and yet I feel no emotion."
Raon, Ohn, and Hong could feel the weight of the conversation between the two adults. But none of them backed away; the three were deeply curious.
Why did the god worshiped by many never save them when they needed it?
They weren't evil individuals whose prayers didn’t deserve to be answered by the god, right?
"The crown prince of the Roan Kingdom has the blood of dark elves in him. Am I right?"
Cale smirked. He had never shared this information with anyone except the children who already knew. It wasn't surprising that Klein Moretti could know this.
Seeing Cale's smile, Klein continued speaking.
"Dark elves are shunned by many humans because they are individuals who can consume dead mana, making them stronger because of it. We all know where dead mana comes from, and can understand a little why ordinary humans are afraid of them."
Dead mana, as the name implies, is a substance produced from the bodies of people who have undergone certain experiences in death.
"The God of the Sun is famously known for hating them, making all their followers think that eliminating those with dark attributes is the right thing to do. But, do other gods share the same hatred as the God of the Sun towards those with dark attributes?"
"No."
Never in his life did Cale think that one day he would have a conversation about gods with someone. Somehow, this conversation was quite interesting. Information he didn’t really need, but it wasn't troublesome to know.
"Doesn't that mean the God of the Sun has a personal problem with individuals with dark attributes?" Ohn asked, thinking that this conversation was similar to the hero stories Klein had bought for her.
"Right. It’s just a personal issue between the two—"
Wait. Klein suddenly corrected himself. Did the process of becoming a god here also start from being an ordinary human first?
Born as a human, having extraordinary power, and then ascending to become a god after death. Is that the pattern?
"Merlin?"
"Ah, sorry, I suddenly remembered something. Maybe there’s a history behind why the God of the Sun hates those with dark attributes, but that hatred isn't considered a big deal by other gods. The existence of individuals with dark attributes isn't seen as a threat to this world. There are other things to worry about than the race of every individual in this world."
Shifting his gaze from the sky, Klein looked at Cale and the three children. He pointed at them with his finger while speaking.
"A human, a dragon, members of the cat tribes, and there’s also the blue wolf tribes here, as well as other individuals out there we’ve never met. Evil and good can be born from any race; gods only care about who is too wicked to live in this world and who can be used to execute that tThe eyes of the god of death have been fixed on Cale Henituse and Choi Han for who knows how long. The god's hope is that these two individuals will become heroes, trusted by the deity, not just as heroes of their kingdom but of the entire world.
Those who have caught the attention of a god often play a significant role in the safety of that world.
Looking at Cale Henituse, Klein Moretti smiled.
"Cale, remember this. The gods will use any means necessary to maintain their strength and protect this world. They won't hesitate to use humans who are useful to them, turning them into pawns with the title of hero."
For some reason, Cale could feel the weight of those words. A warning? Advice?
Cale thought this was a fitting description of Choi Han's situation, the so-called hero.
In other words, isn’t Choi Han just a pawn of the gods used to protect this world? Tsk tsk tsk, what a pain.
Notes:
Hello everyone, it's been a very long time! Piko here, finally making time to continue this story. I still haven't given up on continuing, even though I've been extremely, extremely, extremely busy!
Well, I'm not really in the mood to continue the story right now because I've been reading other novels. While "LCF" has kept me busy with its never-ending battles, the power of nature, various races of individuals, and unresolved issues, "LotM" offers a different perspective where we can see the struggles of humans and gods themselves.
Like, how things work in the hands of the gods. How they can be heartless yet still work to protect their world, and how Klein tries to maintain his humanity in such a crazy world.
So I think at the moment, maybe we should switch to another fantasy genre? Since I'm not a fan of romance, the remaining option I have is the political problem type of fantasy. So, I started reading *Margrave Bastard Was the Emperor* with the thought that after surviving "LCF" and "LotM," surely this type would be easier to understand?
But who am I kidding? All the political issues in "MBSE" are really stressing me out, and I desperately want to bring Cale Henituse into that universe to blow everything up with bombs.
The moment I saw all the chaos happening in the empire and the power struggle between humans, each pressing against the other using the empire's laws, I knew I wouldn't survive as a noble.
Chapter 35: Endure it, smile, and you'll be fine
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
---
Alver had a lot of problems on his hands. Well, as the crown prince, it was only natural that he had more work than even the emperor himself.
The power struggle in the otherwise peaceful Roan Kingdom was truly terrifying. One wrong move, and all his hard work would crumble.
Then, the invitation arrived. An invitation that truly felt like fate was playing with his life. The Mogoru Empire invited him to attend their event.
The Empire... A territory where the religion of those who believe in the Sun God was prioritized.
And Alver, a person with dark elf blood running through his veins, someone who had to hide behind a necklace his mother gave him, someone who had never truly known what it meant to live peacefully...
Such an invitation was akin to a death sentence.
Alver laughed, loudly enough to make Tasha worry. All the dark elves beside him could see the contents of the invitation and gradually began to understand the situation Alver Crossman was facing.
"Alver, don’t worry. There’s always a way out of these problems. We can ask Mary to make the bracelet you need. Someone just has to go to our city and get the bracelet. Okay, we have to quickly—"
"Aunt."
"Y-yes? Do you need something?"
Alver let out a long sigh as he sat down in his chair, thinking for a moment. Yes, there’s no problem without a solution. He just hadn’t found the solution he wanted yet.
"Contact Count Moretti."
"Klein? Why contact Klein all of a sudden?"
"I need to confirm a few things."
Tasha nodded without questioning her nephew’s intentions too much. In situations like this, they had to use every resource available to ensure Alver’s safety.
---
"Greetings, Your Royal Highness."
Klein greeted him from across the communication device. The young man who had officially become a count a few months ago was flawlessly performing his duties as a count. Even though Alver had said that he and some of his aides would help, the truth was that Klein could handle everything perfectly on his own. Just a bit of information for light education, and everything was done.
Just like how Taylor Sten worked perfectly, Klein Moretti also had his own strengths. Along with the Henituse family, there were now a total of three families supporting him as the next emperor.
In less than a year, Alver had gained the support of three major families.
And Klein Moretti served as the mediator between Marquez Sten, who was still restructuring his political foundation, and the Henituse County, where Cale Henituse's existence often made Alver wonder if he had made a deal with a devil.
"Your pile of work isn't that different from mine," Alver commented casually after seeing the stack of papers next to Klein.
Even though his clothes looked neat, Alver could see a bit of disarray in the young man's hair.
"As Your Highness knows, managing the taxes of a territory is not an easy task. Thanks to your help, my workload is actually lighter than it should be."
"I can see the results of your hard work. Have you recently had honey? Your words are so sweet today."
"You flatter me, Your Highness."
Alver smiled. Slightly annoyed because he remembered a certain individual with red hair who also had a sweet tongue that always managed to irritate him. These two young men were about the same age, so maybe that’s why they shared similar traits?
"I heard you’re a follower of the God of Death. Is that true?"
"That’s correct."
There was no hint of nervousness in that absolute response. Alver had received information that Klein visited the Church of the God of Death at least twice a week at three in the afternoon.
"Do you know a priest named Cage?"
"I believe she is Marquez Taylor's escort."
"Correct."
There was no concrete proof, but the more Alver thought about it, the more convinced he became that Taylor Sten and Cage managed to enter the capital of the Roan Kingdom and attend the banquet that day with the help of Cale Henituse.
The only person who could pull that off was Cale Henituse.
And at the same time, on that day, Cale Henituse went with Klein Moretti, who had not yet taken the title of Count.
In other words, Klein Moretti also knew what happened between Taylor, Cage, and Cale.
Right now, he needs Cage. Desperately.
But there was one thing he needed to clarify before dragging Cage and Cale into this problem.
"Do you think the power of the God of Death is stronger than the power of the Sun God?"
"Your Highness, when it comes to power, we must also consider the followers of each god. The more people who believe in one deity, the stronger the Lord becomes. If you feel pressured by what the Sun God can do, the only way is to bring in the force of the God of Death. Of course, the person you must bring is someone deeply loved by our Lord."
"The God of Death blesses."
He can see Klein smiled. Benson Moretti was someone who knew his identity as a dark elf by accident, and it was highly likely that Klein Moretti knew about it as well, given that Benson frequently recorded all important events in his notes.
But unlike Cale Henituse, Klein didn’t seem interested in discussing the secrets Alver Crossman kept. Just like Benson, they didn’t talk about what Alver didn’t want to discuss.
"Your Highness."
"Yes?"
"If you’re worried about them, the followers of the Sun God, it’s best to seek Cage’s help. I heard she’s a priest who can hear our Lord's voice."
Well, Alver knew he needed Cage. Klein understood the situation faster than Alver had imagined.
It's kind of scary because both cousins, whether from Henituse or Moretti, are remarkably quick-witted.
"You know I can’t just ask for her help because I’m the crown prince."
"I’m sure you already know what needs to be done. My cousin, Cale, as long as you pay him well, he will do his job well."
Klein hinted that Cale Henituse could bring Cage to assist him.
"Sigh, dealing with him often gives me a headache."
Klein chuckled, as if he understood why Alver was a bit reluctant to give a mission, or rather make a deal with Cale Henituse about any issue.
"Your Highness, don’t worry, you won’t lose anything if you make a deal with Cale."
"Wrong. I might die young because he keeps bringing shocking news."
---
Cale and Alver were discussing matters in Alver's room when Klein had to face Cage. The woman, who had quickly accepted Cale’s request, had been staring at him, clearly wanting to say something but holding back because Cale was still with them before.
Klein had no intention of communicating with Cage, so he just smiled politely and busied himself appreciating the carriages that Alver had chosen for their journey.
As per Cale Henituse’s request, these carriages had magical tools to keep them from feeling the heat.
How amazing.
He had never met a Beyonder whose pathway closely resembled that of a magician. As a magician himself, Klein knew his power didn’t compare to the Mages.
He was too focused on the luxurious carriage and didn’t notice Cage approaching and pulling him to a quieter place.
"Lady, you can communicate with me without such dramatic actions," Klein said after Cage released her grip on his wrist.
"I know you don’t want to talk to me. And this is quite sensitive, so I wanted somewhere quieter."
"Alright. What do you want to ask?"
"Currently, I can sense the aura of the God of Death on you. Although it’s slowly fading, it’s there. Can you also communicate with the God of Death?"
"I can hear his voice."
"Do you feel pain in your head or discomfort in your body when you hear his voice?"
Huh? Klein didn’t expect Cage to ask something like this. But he answered, albeit hesitantly.
"I’m used to it. The pain is more bearable now."
Yeah, still a bit dizzy even in the church. But it was much better than before. At least he didn’t have to roll around on the floor in pain and then pass out.
"That bastard—"
"Huh?"
"Ooh, poor child!"
Klein didn’t understand why Cage suddenly grabbed his face, expressing how annoying the God of Death was for making a young man like him suffer.
It seemed like there was a misunderstanding here—
"Lady Cage, it seems you’ve misunderstood."
The sobbing Cage looked at him with sympathy. Her hands were still on his face, occasionally caressing it gently.
"Misunderstanding what? Have you ever fainted while hearing his voice?"
"Ah, well—"
"Did he ask you to do something?"
Well, he indeed did ask Klein to do something. But Klein also understood why the God of Death insisted on trying to communicate with him, even though Klein always ended up in pain. In the end, it was his own choice.
"I knew it! That bastard isn’t satisfied with messing up my life and now he’s bothering another innocent child! Merlin, if you don’t want to do what he asks, don’t do it!"
Uh... Why was Cage talking about the God of Death as if he were their evil stepfather? Klein remembered that Cage had freed herself from the church and was no longer connected to any religion, but for someone to blatantly commit blasphemy like this...
"Lady Cage, lower your voice. People will judge you if they hear you insulting our Lord."
"Listen carefully, Merlin. The gods only care about what they think needs to be done for this world, without caring whether we suffer or not. They will simply find someone else to be a pawn after we die, but for us humans, once we’re dead, that’s the end of the story. Don’t surrender everything to the gods; live freely!"
Cage seemed to misunderstand and thought Klein was a devoted follower of the god of death. It’s not that Klein blindly follows the god’s will; they simply made an agreement that can't be discussed here, with Cage.
"You say that, but you still follow what he wants. Lady Cage, you know we’re never truly free. Instead of thinking about that, I’d rather take advantage of what benefits me every time I follow our Lord's desires."
Klein held Cage’s trembling hand. The woman seemed genuinely frustrated with the information she had just received. Whether out of hatred or something else, Cage clearly disliked the god of death.
"Lady Cage. The very reason you are here is also part of the will of the god, isn’t it?"
The reason she is here, ready to help with anything young master Cale needs. The first reason they met was because the god of death gave a hint about the letter under the rock tower that day. A letter from someone providing information about the ancient power of his highness the crown prince.
Then they met the Henituse party afterward...
Is this part of the will of the god?
"All we can do now is endure all this discomfort and continue our day well. The weather in this world isn’t always summer; winter will come, and after that, we won’t feel cold all the time too; other seasons will come. Even though it feels uncomfortable when our Lord speaks to us, don’t we always feel pleased when the power of this body, given by them, can be useful to others?"
Klein smiled at Cage’s surprised expression. He knew what it felt like to live according to the will of a god who didn’t care much about their lives. The desire to feel free from everything only to end up realizing they would never be free from their shackles.
"Lady Cage, you don’t need to worry about me. I’m enjoying my life quite well."
Seeing the smile on the young man’s face, a wide smile, one that seemed too happy for someone who had just said they must endure all this suffering...
A ridiculous smile because Cage knew it was all fake...
The fate of this world is sometimes too cruel for some humans.
---
Notes:
Smile everyone! Smile! I remember that I slowly, very slowly to losing my mind in LOTM volume 2 bcs Klein keep smiling through the pain like the clown he is!
Chapter 36: Notice.
Chapter Text
Hello everyone, piko here wants to convey information that is not too important, but I think you need this information to know why this story cannot be updated.
My beloved, beautiful country is in a bad situation. Our leader, our president, failed to perform his duties well and lost to the greed of the world.
Since yesterday, August 22, we have been protesting to the government of our country for the justice of all the people of the country. Thousands of students and college students descended on the capital to represent our voice, to re-establish justice in our democratic country.
But, they failed to do their duty again. 159 people were kidnapped, tortured and have not been returned until now by the police who are supposed to protect the people. 159 people were kidnapped, some died, hospitals were filled with children who were harmed by our own country.
I didn't want to think we were okay and decided to go down too.
The reason why this story can't be updated for a while is:
1. I want to reread LOTM and then read COI to better understand the setting of LOTM's world building. (This was my original plan that failed to work)
2. They killed me.
That's all, piko.
_
Oh yes, there is a belief here that if we mention Mulyono's name and wish him bad luck in his life, he will feel the pain of the prayer.
Pray for the downfall of mulyono, the president who is greedy for the world.
Chapter 37: Land of death
Notes:
Hello everyone! I'm still alive! Hahahahahahaha, almost died though ☠️ but my friend and I managed to make it back home safely.
Oh! And I apologize for the previous notice. I didn't mean to say that I would definitely be killed; I wrote it in a hurry without thinking too much.I’m sorry for causing a commotion.
By the way, I also read your comments on the notice. Thank you to those who prayed for our safety, and to my fellow countrymen, I hope we will be alright in the days ahead. Don't forget, our past struggles were not in vain as some people may say.Don't feel too pressured or sad. Just as the seasons change, we won’t always be in a difficult situation like this.
---
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Honestly, Klein really enjoyed this kind of carriage with air conditioning. The seats were soft, the quality was luxurious, and he was certain that his back wouldn’t hurt even after sitting for hours inside. The only person who somehow felt uncomfortable was Tasha. She suddenly wanted to get out of the carriage and sit on top, claiming that the inside of the carriage was too stuffy. Of course, that didn’t make any sense.
“I heard you live with Young Master Cale? These cats seem to really like you, Merlin.”
Cage, who couldn’t help but smile as she watched Hong play with Klein’s hair and Ohn sleep on his lap, commented. She didn’t know that there was also Raon, who was relaxing on Cale Henituse’s lap.
“Ah yes, I’m quite close to them,” Klein answered casually. Maybe because these two cats weren’t entirely cats, they didn’t ignore him like a certain black cat.
Cale noticed the traces of tears on Cage’s face, remembering how Ohn had informed him that Cage had pulled Klein aside to talk privately, and then cried afterward. Whatever they talked about, Cale didn’t want to care.
The journey to the desert was still long.
---
The view from the Land of Death welcomed them all. Tasha, who was their guide, had been talking about how beautiful the Land of Death was at night.
Yes, only at night. Because during the day, it was really hot. Klein drank his water while looking around the gate area. They just needed to pass through this gate, and no one would disturb them. According to Cale and the information he had read, no one in the Dubori territory would want to go to the Land of Death without a clear purpose.
Even with a purpose, this place wasn’t promising. No one had ever returned after entering this desert.
“…What are they doing?” Turning to Choi Han who asked the question, everyone followed his gaze.
“They are people who were caught trying to escape into the desert,” Cale answered calmly.
Dubori territory is a territory within the Caro Kingdom. A border territory is usually much more brutal compared to those in the center. It was rumored that the tax payment for the people was very high, not in line with their meager income.
After all, living near a desert that had no value other than death couldn’t help much with the local economy. But the Lord of this territory didn’t care about that and continued to pressure his people to pay taxes.
Some people who managed to escape usually ended up dead in the desert, and those who were caught died at the hands of the guards.
Bugh!
Cale and Klein unconsciously sighed deeply at the same time. The guards, who were beating up the people, were not far from the gate, forcing Cale and his party to pass by them. Of course, if they chose to jump over the high wall, this wouldn’t be a problem.
But who would want to trouble themselves by jumping over a high gate when there was a gate that could be opened? Maybe Choi Han, but Cale didn’t want to do that.
As they got closer, before any of Cale’s party members tried to speak to the guards, they all suddenly fell to the hot ground. It was enough to leave everyone around them speechless.
“So noisy. It would just be a waste of time to talk to them,” said Klein, who had just shot the guards in the head with his wind, earning high praise from Raon in his head.
“The more I see it, the cooler your shots are! Klein, let me shoot the next annoying person! Don’t move until I shoot them first!”
Klein smiled while shaking his head. He spoke as if mumbling, but Raon knew that the words were directed at him.
“Hmm, if they are useful, don’t knock them out right away. Just shoot some of their vital points so they are paralyzed, and it will be easy to capture them. In this case, they are useless, so no need to paralyze them and then negotiate.”
“Oooh! You and the human are really smart! If we are very strong, all we need to do is evaluate how strong the people around us are before we use them! Right? Haha, I, Raon Miru, certainly understand what you’re teaching!”
Cale and Klein both heard Raon’s cheerful chatter in their heads. Tasha, who had approached the guards to check their condition as well as the people who had just been beaten, gave Klein a thumbs up.
“Hoo! This is the first time I’ve seen magic used in that way! You hit them so hard they got a concussion! But no one died, impressive. Do you do this often?” asked Tasha enthusiastically.
Klein, who was also walking casually like the others, just proudly gave a thumbs up.
“You can do the same if you practice often, Miss Tasha.”
“Aww! This is the first time someone has addressed me so politely!”
Tasha was in a good mood. After Cage and Cale acted indifferent even though they knew her real age, and now there was Merlin who was very polite in his speech.
She didn’t know Cale Henituse or anyone else in his group very well, but Alver said they were trustworthy, and her nephew wasn’t someone who easily gave his trust. Rather than questioning what Alver was thinking, Tasha preferred to respect all of her nephew’s decisions.
---
That afternoon, their journey went smoothly. Raon shared his magic with Klein after seeing the young man drenched in sweat but not caring too much. Klein was busy enjoying the desert scenery, which didn’t show much except vast and hot sand.
As evening approached, Tasha, who was leading their journey, stopped and then faced all the people who would soon be her guests. With a bright smile on her face, Tasha pointed at the setting sun.
“It’s getting late, this is the perfect time for you all to witness the real beauty of the Land of Death.”
With anticipation, they all watched the sunset and then began to realize what beauty Tasha was talking about. The desert, which previously only looked like an ordinary desert, began to change color. As the sunlight gradually left the earth, so did the color of the desert.
It turned pitch black, making the desert, which naturally had no natural light sources, look even more terrifying. The Land of Death, tonight, they understood why that name was given to this place.
Even though it was frightening due to the lack of light, the Land of Death at night still looked beautiful. Klein Moretti, as someone who had a desire for traveling, felt that he needed a digital camera to capture all this natural beauty.
“Beautiful, isn’t it?” Tasha’s voice diverted his attention, making Klein realize that the woman had changed forms, becoming a dark elf, showing her true form.
Dark elves, beings not so liked by humans because they could consume dead mana as one of their sources of power.
That being was now smiling widely in front of them all.
“Like the desert showing its beauty tonight, you also look very beautiful, Lady Tasha. Although I’ve heard rumors that every elf has stunning visuals, that doesn’t mean I’m not surprised to see your real form tonight. Your beauty is really in another level” Klein’s praise slipped out naturally.
His experience with meeting beautiful women wasn’t little, well, even though most of them were demonesses, they were still individuals who were beautiful. But in this universe, it seemed that the level of beauty in each individual was really high.
“Gasp! Merlin! Stop talking like that or I’ll lock you in the City of Death without letting you ever come out!”
That sounded like a threat, but Klein laughed upon hearing it. Choi Han, Cage, and Ron also chuckled softly, while Cale just let out a long sigh, but Klein knew that the red-haired young man was quite entertained by their little parody.
“The gate is near. Soon you will see a place even more beautiful than this,” Tasha resumed her role as a guide before stopping.
She extended her hand to Klein, who only looked at her in confusion.
“So, Sir Merlin Hermes. Would you be willing to dance with me as we head to the gate?”
Still a bit confused, Klein accepted the offered hand.
“I’m afraid I don’t quite understand, but Lady Tasha, who am I to refuse?”
“Merlin, have you really been consuming only honey while staying with Young Master Cale? Your words are really sweet.”
“I’ll take that as a compliment.”
---
Cale, with the help of his ancient wind power, managed to keep up with Klein and Tasha who were playing around there. Raon’s voice filled his head, asking Cale to do the same as Klein and Tasha.
Of course, Cale refused. Why should he do that? He was already quite entertained by the view of the Land of Death and also the drama from Klein Moretti. They just needed to get to the City of Death, take what Alver needed, and then go home.
“All right, kids! We’ve arrived,” Tasha pointed to one of the signs for the gate leading to the City of Death. Excitedly, the elf opened the door and jumped in without hesitation. Cale, holding Ohn and Hong in his hands, looked at Klein, who for some reason was staring off into the distance.
“Human! Come on, hurry up and go in!” Well, Cale would find out about that later. The important thing now was to enter the City of Death and rest.
“Merlin, let me be the last to enter while closing the gate,” Choi Han said softly to the young man who was still focused on looking in another direction while playing with his gold coin.
"Choi Han."
"Yes?"
"Did Cale mention how long we'll be in the City of Death?"
"Hmm, I don't think he said anything about that. But knowing Cale-nim, I think he'll want to leave as soon as his work here is done."
Klein nodded, agreeing with Choi Han's assessment of Cale Henituse.
"I don't think we'll be able to leave this city quickly."
"Hmm? Why do you say that?"
Choi Han, still patiently waiting for Klein to move, asked the young man.
Klein merely shrugged nonchalantly, as if he hadn't just been predicting something.
"Just a hunch. I hope we can go home soon," he said softly before choosing to jump into the gate, leaving Choi Han slightly confused.
Notes:
I'm updating this story to let you know that I can still post updates, but just not as frequently as before. I hope you're not too disappointed. Honestly, all the kind comments from you guys are what keep me wanting to continue this story.
Thank you, I'll work even harder to make this story more enjoyable for everyone!
Chapter 38: City of death
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
City of Death is an amazing place. Who would have imagined that beneath the Land of Death, a city this beautiful and advanced would be built? The buildings are tall, the air is clean, and all the dark elf residents seem very friendly.
Klein could count a few humans who somehow work in some of the city's shops. His assumption is that they are the people who were declared 'never to return' after entering the Land of Death.
"Merlin."
"Hmm?"
Cale, who suddenly approached him, asked very quietly. The distance between them and the others was quite far, but Klein knew that Choi Han could still hear them. After all, Choi Han has the sharpest hearing.
"What did you see earlier?"
- Yes! What did you see?!
Raon's voice echoed as Cale asked about what Klein was doing before they entered the gate.
"Just doing some divination. I don't quite understand, but what I saw was the desert filled with gas? I think it's pretty dangerous. We should ask Lady Tasha and the others about it later."
"Gas, huh? Well, I guess we can't go back quickly?"
"I think so. Besides, this is our first time going on a trip again after being in Harris Village for so long, right? Let the kids have some fun here first. This city is beautiful."
"You're right."
Cale nodded, still holding Ohn and Hong in his arms. As for Raon, although he could hide himself well, Klein could feel the weight on the back of his neck, indicating that Raon was comfortably perched there.
"Klein, do you think we'll find something exciting in this city?"
"Of course. Once Cale's business is done, we can play a bit while trying some of the local food here. Who knows, we might be able to get the recipe and convince Vicross to cook the same thing."
"Brilliant idea! Wow! You're right! Human! Finish your work quickly and we should go food hunting!"
Cale, knowing that he couldn't refuse the children's requests, simply nodded in agreement. After all, these kids weren't picky eaters. Cale was happier when they could enjoy new and delicious food without worrying about anything else, like money.
"I didn't expect there to be a city as magnificent as this," Rosalyn, who hadn't said much in the group this time, began to show her reaction just after she saw the beauty of this city.
Cale and Klein quickened their pace, catching up with the group that was ahead. Tasha, Shawn, Cage, and Rosalyn were in the front line while Choi Han, Ron, and Vicross were at the back, playing the role of protecting the entire group.
"Isn't our city more advanced compared to some of the cities you've seen?" Tasha, who heard Rosalyn's mumbling, asked with a slightly proud tone. She, like all dark elf members in general, was very proud of their city.
No one responded to that question, but Tasha wasn't offended at all. She already knew the answer, and so did everyone else.
"There are quite a lot of humans here," Cale, who noticed the presence of humans like Klein earlier, commented while giving a small smile to the old man they met.
"Are they the ones you saved in the Land of Death? The rumor says that those who go to the Land of Death never return. Well, it seems the truth is that they chose not to return after you all saved them," Klein added, voicing the monologue he had previously only thought to himself.
Cale Henituse wasn't someone who suddenly became talkative just because he found something that looked good or satisfying to his eyes. The young man clearly lowered his usually too cold tone, making him now seem like a very wise noble.
That meant Klein also had to play along in the game of building a 'good image' for the group led by Cale Henituse, someone trusted by Alver Crossman.
After all, even though the crown prince already trusted them, it didn't mean all dark elf members would immediately trust Cale and his company's good intentions.
"We can't just let people who are trying to survive there die when we can help. Isn't that how it should be?" Shawn answered calmly, but they could feel the pride in his tone.
As a race considered evil just because they have dark attributes, showing their good side in front of humans and being acknowledged by humans, of course, has its own meaning.
"Amazing," said Cale in awe.
Well, he truly admired the kindness of all the dark elf members. They, whose existence was hated by humans and scorned by other elf races, turned out to be a race truly composed of good-hearted people.
They still helped humans even though humans had never done them any good.
Building this city beneath the Land of Death, so that no humans would worry about living near the dark elf community.
Aren't they truly individuals with noble hearts?
"Of course, there is a reason why nature never abandons and still loves dark elves," said Cale again.
Yes, in fact, even though dark elves are a tribe with dark attributes, who can become stronger after consuming dead mana, nature never abandoned them.
Dark elves can still live the same life as other elf races without exception.
"This is the Land of Death. We do not know the reason behind it, but an aura of death resides in this desert. We noticed that a phenomenon occurs twice a year where a small amount of dead mana rises up from the sand."
Shawn began to speak again when the topic of nature was discussed among them. Until now, they still didn't know why this could happen in the Land of Death.
Cale and Klein, who had previously been discussing Klein's divination, began connecting the dots they had.
"This desert is full of the aura of death. However, it is not evil. The aura of death follows the laws of nature and simply resides here for a moment before dissipating," Cage, representing the Church of the God of Death, spoke like a priestess.
"You must be a priestess-nim of the Church of the God of Death."
"I have been excommunicated."
Shawn flinched at Cage's response. Of course, Cage wouldn't forget the fact that she had to inform everyone that she had been excommunicated as a priestess.
"Maybe this is a land granted by the God of Death. Just because you need dead mana as a creature of darkness does not mean that you are evil." Cale didn't really care about what the God of Death or any other god saw.
But, even though dark elves, who can use dark attributes and consume dead mana, are hated by the Sun God and all her followers, no one has ever said that other gods hate them and wish for the dark elves to be wiped out from the face of the earth.
Cale continued to speak to the Dark Elves who were looking at him.
"There are many humans who are crazy or evil. Wouldn't it be the same thing?"
"I agree with that, young master Cale," Ron, who finally spoke up, agreed with what his young master said. Everyone else also agreed with that. Even the bishops of any church couldn't be said to be the purest people in the world.
Isn't it true that many of the kingdom's problems stem from greedy church officials?
"Ah, I get it now," Klein, who suddenly clapped his hands once but managed to capture everyone's attention, smiled happily.
"Sir Shawn, you said that twice a year there is usually a phenomenon where dead mana rises up from the sand?"
"Yes."
"Does it always feel like the aura of death every time that happens?"
"Uhm, yes." So far, that's what has always happened. Although he didn't understand what the young man next to young master Cale meant, Shawn still answered all his questions.
"Miss Cage, didn't you feel the aura from our Lord earlier before it disappeared again? Well, you and I, more precisely, would be very sensitive to this, right?"
Cage, who finally understood what Klein meant, immediately answered the question.
"Yes. At first, I was quite confused as to why the aura felt so strong here. But my hypothesis is similar to young master Cale's; I just thought this was an area granted by the God of Death to be inhabited, so it's natural that we can feel the aura here. But after hearing Sir Shawn's explanation, I think the case is somewhat different."
Klein nodded, smiling happily as everyone started to grasp the direction of their conversation.
"Uhm, are you saying that the phenomenon might happen today?" Shawn asked anxiously. He had never met any priests before, but the conversation between the two people in front of him about the aura of their Lord was not something to be taken lightly.
"Well, there might be another reason why we can sense the Lord's aura here. But it's better to prevent the worst-case scenario, right?" Klein said.
"You're right. Shawn, have some of our members patrol around the gate and tell the others still in the Land of Death to return immediately." Tasha didn't waste time considering other possibilities that Klein mentioned.
"Understood."
---
After assigning some Dark Elf members to patrol and others to return, Tasha, Shawn, and all of Cale's group continued their short tour.
Starting with a visit to an inn run by a human, they interviewed the man and got a good impression of the city and its inhabitants. They then moved on to view the city's administrative building.
Cale and Klein both agreed that the City of Death was the closest to 'earth' in terms of buildings and lifestyle.
"This is the office of our mayor," Tasha led them to the office where they would discuss matters concerning Alver Crossman and others.
They could see a simple wooden door. Shawn pointed at the door and began to speak.
"Our city is usually managed by the eldest Dark Elf. The current mayor is 521 years old."
At that moment, they heard urgent clicking sounds from the doorknob.
And finally, bang!
The door to the mayor’s room burst open.
“M, mayor?”
An old Dark Elf with a white beard and hair, a stark contrast to his dark skin, appeared. However, the well-dressed and tidy Dark Elf’s face was completely pale.
“T, this feeling!”
Shawn became anxious. He peeked toward Cale’s group before rushing over to the mayor. Klein, who had been looking confusedly at the mayor, now glanced toward where Raon was. Thanks to his spirit vision, Klein could see Raon, who was now next to Cale, looking puzzled at the mayor.
He connected the dots and smiled. He approached Cale and whispered very softly.
"Raon."
Cale almost flinched when he heard their dragon's name from Klein. A few seconds later, Cale also started to understand the situation they were facing.
Tasha rushed over as well. Her attitude was a bit different from Shawn’s.
“Grandpa, what is wrong?”
‘Grandpa?’
That word made Cale flinch. Was she calling him grandpa because she was close to the mayor? Or was she actually related to the mayor? If they were family, he would finally understand why this Dark Elf City seemed to have a deep relationship with the crown prince.
He looked at Klein, who also nodded in understanding, indicating that they were on the same page about this.
“Your granddaughter is here for the first time in a while! Why do you look so surprised?”
Tasha really was related to the mayor.
‘…I knew someone like the crown prince would have a pretty noble background.’
Crown Prince Alver seemed to have a significant background. Cale looked toward Tasha and the mayor with a shocked expression. But it wasn't too surprising; someone who received support from so many Dark Elves was certainly not from a lowly family.
At that moment, Cale and the mayor made eye contact.
The mayor seemed to have only been staring at Cale the whole time.
The mayor started to speak.
“P, perhaps.”
His voice was shaking.
Cale had a bad feeling about this. Especially after hearing what Klein said earlier.
The old Dark Elf took out a handkerchief with his shaking hand and wiped his forehead before taking a deep breath.
“Sir, I heard that you had a dragon’s dead mana on you.”
‘Something is weird.’
Although Cale was a noble, he was not at a level where someone like the mayor would speak respectfully to him. Especially considering that Elves usually saw themselves as superior to humans.
“Young master, are you perhaps a dragon—?”
Shawn and Tasha both froze up, while Choi Han’s pupils started to shake.
“No.”
Cale was very stern.
“I am not a dragon.”
Klein held back his laughter. He had to rely on his clown ability several times to stay calm, even though he had been laughing at Cale Henituse in his heart since earlier.
The mayor’s reaction still seemed odd.
“I definitely feel a Dragon’s aura around you, young master! It is coming from your vicinity, sir. The power that presides over nature is coming from you!”
– That old Dark Elf is pretty smart.
Raon, who was floating behind Cale while still invisible, was amused. Although he knew his concealing wasn't perfect, it didn’t mean just anyone could detect his presence. Klein Moretti was a special exception. Cale did not care and answered the mayor honestly.
“I am not a dragon.”
“…That is very odd.”
The Dark Elf finally calmed down a bit. He continued to wipe away his sweat as he mumbled.
“I have met a Dragon in the past and felt the same feeling that I am feeling now. My Elemental, who met that Dragon with me, says it is similar as well.”
This time, it was Cale’s turn to flinch.
‘What did he say he saw? And his Elemental saw it with him? The Elementals were the most difficult beings to scam.’
Seeing another flinch from Cale, Klein sighed before taking action to whisper to Cale right in front of everyone. He didn't have telepathy.
"He has met a dragon. Although dragons are individuals with their own characteristics, they are still part of the strongest nature. What the mayor and his Elemental mean is the feeling, the sense of very strong nature around them. A feeling that can only be interpreted as the presence of a dragon. He has lived in this world for a long time. Isn't it natural for him to have the opportunity to meet the dragons in this world?"
Cale looked at Klein in surprise. The young man he looked at only showed a gentle smile.
"You look very confused, young master Cale. Maybe we need to talk in a more private room. Isn’t that right, Miss Tasha, Sir Shawn?"
Tasha and Shawn, who returned to their senses, nodded and took Cale and the others to a more private place.
It was at that moment.
“Mayor, I am here as you requested.”
Cale thought it was a GPS speaking at that moment. The calm yet robotic woman’s voice continued to speak.
This time, it was Klein who flinched when he heard the very monotonous voice. The feeling of déjà vu immediately spread through his body.
“Shall I wait here?”
Cale, Klein, and everyone turned around only to see a person who was covered from head to toe with a black robe.
At that moment, he heard Raon’s voice in his head.
– Hmm? She is a human, so why does she have the darkness attribute?
‘I knew it.’
There were only a few ways for a human to obtain the darkness attribute.
His intuition had been right.
However, there was something he needed to take care of first.
"Merlin."
"Oh, yes? Do you need something?" This was the first time Cale saw Klein unable to control his expression after seeing someone behind the black robe.
"Hold them."
Ohn and Hong were transferred from Cale to Klein. The two children immediately became aware that Klein was struggling a bit and tried to share their warmth with the young man.
“Are you really, really not a Dragon?”
“Yes, Mr. Mayor.”
Cale let out a sigh after seeing that the mayor was still having a hard time believing him. Cale entered the office, and his group followed him inside. Cale looked toward Choi Han, who understood what Cale wanted, and quickly closed the door.
Klein still looked quite dazed to speak normally. But thanks to Ohn and Hong, he could focus better than before.
Cale started to speak inside the quiet office.
“Raon.”
Notes:
Oh, didn't expect this to be a long chapter...
Chapter 39: The necromancer
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"Is it okay if I really show myself?"
"Haven't I already told you that you're free to do whatever you want?"
Cale asked Raon in return. Seriously, why did it seem like he was so controlling over whatever Raon did in his life? Even though Raon was still a child, he was still a dragon. Although it would be a bit troublesome if Raon showed himself at will, if he wanted to, Cale would allow it. He had promised to give Raon all the 'choices' in his life.
"Ta-da~"
The childish voice was heard alongside the visualization of Raon's body finally becoming visible to everyone in the room.
"Oh my!"
Tasha, who initially didn't understand what the fuss was about, looked very shocked at the young black dragon now flying behind Cale Henituse.
Who would have thought that this young master would be accompanied by a young dragon? And the dragon seemed very close to him?! Tasha tried to glance at Cale's company, finding Choi Han who only smiled slightly because he found Raon's actions adorable, and Merlin Hermes who just shook his head slightly while stroking two cats in his hands.
No one was surprised except them.
What exactly was happening in this world?!
"Grandpa!" Tasha exclaimed when she saw the Mayor immediately prostrate before Raon, who was still behind Cale's head, looking confused yet amused.
"I should not stand while facing the mighty dragon. Please, forgive my arrogance."
Tasha was speechless, and everyone else was also speechless upon hearing the Mayor's ramblings. They knew the Mayor had met a dragon before. But was it this bad? Well, no one knew what the personality of that dragon was like.
Cale sighed as he saw the chaos in front of his eyes. Revealing Raon to the elves was not part of his plans today in the City of Death. But the problem lay with the Mayor and his elemental, who had met another dragon before Raon, making them familiar with the presence of the dragon itself.
It's not like he could lie to the elemental about Raon.
Of all the creatures in this world, elementals are the most sensitive about nature, and this makes them more sensitive to other creatures that have a strong affinity with nature.
Glancing at Choi Han, who only smiled awkwardly at the door, the figure behind the black robe still stood as before without commenting, and Merlin Hermes looked back at him. The young man pointed to Raon before giving a thumbs up, signaling Cale to let Raon handle this brief problem.
At that moment, Raon stood in front of the three Dark Elves.
‘What is he trying to do?’
Cale looked toward Raon with curiosity. Although Klein said it would be better to let Raon handle this, he was still curious.
“I am the great Raon Miru!”
‘Aigoo.’
Cale could see Raon puffing up his chest. He handled his self-introduction very well. Honestly, it was adorable. Klein, Choi Han, and the duo from the cat tribes didn't bother hiding their small laughs upon hearing the loud and adorable introduction.
“I am a grand total of 4-years-old this year!”
‘Was there a need to tell them your age?’
“Oh, great Dragon-nim!”
The Dark Elf Mayor was already kneeling and responding to Raon’s every word like they were the words of a god.
‘What to do about this?’
Cale was starting to get a headache. However, Raon’s introduction was not over yet.
“And I am taking care of Cale Henituse because he is a weakling! I also have to always watch over Merlin Hermes because although he is not as weak as our human, he always gets involved in trouble and is very often sick!"
‘…I don’t think that’s the case…’
Cale let out a deep sigh. Klein, who didn’t expect his name to be mentioned, just stared at Raon in surprise. What trouble? He didn’t recall being involved in any trouble recently. Well, he couldn't deny the part about being sick, struggling every time he communicated with the god of death, having to extract his own worms, being on the brink of death to ascend sequences—it certainly made him seem like someone who was often ill.
---
"Are you okay?" Klein nodded when he heard Ohn's voice in his ear. Thanks to the warmth of the two cats in his hands, Klein could focus more on reality than on the illusion of the past.
Honestly, he didn’t expect this to ever happen. The woman beside him just happened to have a way of speaking similar to Miss Sharon, nothing more than that, and yet, the memory in his head suddenly replayed a moment he once experienced.
As if mocking Klein, saying that his mental state was never okay. He just didn’t think too much about what stressed him and went about his day as if nothing had happened. Then, when a special moment came, the trigger would be pulled, causing Klein Moretti to lose his sanity more quickly.
Klein could feel Hong's body starting to circle his neck warmly. Ohn was still in his hands, purring like the cat they are. Trying to keep reminding Klein that he was in reality, he was alive, and he had to get back to his old self quickly.
Is this why some people choose cats as their therapy animals even though dogs are more popular? Who knows, but Klein liked having Ohn and Hong in his hands right now.
The conversation between Cale, Raon, and the Mayor, who introduced himself as Mayor Obante, went smoothly if we don't mention how odd the old elf was whenever he looked at Raon Miru, who was still happily sitting in Cale's lap, claiming that Cale was his owner without having to publicize anything.
He had read that elves greatly admired and worshipped dragons. He just didn’t expect the reaction to be this chaotic. Like an ordinary person meeting their idol? Klein didn’t remember if he had ever met an idol or celebrity, but he definitely had seen fans' reactions when they met their idol.
The situation was getting funnier because Raon Miru was still a child who was dependent on Cale Henituse.
Cale was discussing the bracelet for Crown Prince Alver when Klein performed divination about what powers the woman beside him possessed. And then, before the gold coin could fall into his hand, Klein had already obtained the information he needed.
A Necromancer.
She who could control the dead.
Ho? Isn't this interesting? Klein had never met a necromancer, but before becoming Klein Moretti, Zhou Mingrui was a reader of novels in many genres. It was almost impossible that he didn’t know what a necromancer was.
Aren’t necromancers and marionettists similar in their abilities? Well, the difference is that marionettists can control the living, killing them slowly and then possessing their bodies like avatars. Of course, the most advantageous part is that the power of the controlled body’s owner remains, not disappearing just because the owner died.
Should he speed up his potion digestion to sequence 5? Should he perform the ritual as well? Hmm, he would have to ask the god of death about this.
"This child is the one who made the bracelet." Mayor Obante's voice broke his brief monologue.
"I called her here to explain the needed item."
Mayor Obante sounded quite proud when introducing this woman to everyone. The small smiles on his and Tasha's faces proved that they were all quite fond of this so-called child.
It was at that moment.
The woman, still covering her entire body with a robe, looked at Klein. Well, he couldn’t see the woman’s eyes, but her head, which had been lowered the whole time, was now turned toward him. Somehow, Klein got goosebumps.
Why? Did this woman notice something? But what? Klein wasn’t on a mission to hide anything.
Cale, who started to notice the odd atmosphere, was about to ask something when a voice that sounded full of wisdom, like that of an emperor, filled the room. Raon Mir asked, confused about why Mayor Obante and Tasha's expressions suddenly changed.
"Is there a problem?"
"Ah, no, dragon-nim you see-"
Mayor Obante seemed a bit flustered when he saw that the child he called was still looking at one of Cale Henituse's escorts.
“I am curious about the world.”
The voice was indifferent without any emotion, like the voice of a GPS. It was the person wearing the black robe. Cale’s gaze headed over to the black robe.
“I wish to see the outside world.”
“… What?”
However, her words shocked both Shawn and Tasha.
“Sigh.”
Obante let out a sigh and wiped his eyes with his handkerchief. He looked like he had instantly turned about a hundred years older.
Tasha started to speak at that moment. She seemed to know the black-robed person.
“Mary, what are you talking about?”
Mary seemed to be the woman’s name. Tasha looked toward Obante with an angry expression.
“Grandfather.”
She seemed to be angry, however, she flinched after taking a look at Cale and Raon. She bit down on her lips, as this would seem like they were preventing someone who wanted to go outside from going out.
But it wasn’t a lie.
Shawn started to speak.
“Mary. You know that it is dangerous.”
The black-robed woman responded back.
“That is why I plan to go alone.”
“You definitely cannot go alone!”
Tasha jumped up and raised her voice. Mary could be in danger even if she was with her, so how could she let her go alone? Absolutely not.
Silence filled the room after her outburst. Nobody was able to speak. However, a confused voice filled the room.
“Why can’t she go? That human is very strong. She is even stronger than a mage I know. And she’s two levels below Merlin."
‘Ho.’
Cale was amused internally.
‘This girl is stronger than Rosalyn?’ His eyes then turned to Klein, who just nodded. Two levels below Klein Moretti... The only person on par with Choi Han in this timeline.
Isn't that impressive?
Mary raised her head. Of course, they still couldn’t see her face as she was wearing a robe with a large hood. Mary turned to look toward Cale and Raon.
She then started to pull her sleeve up.
“Mary!”
Shawn reached out in shock, but she was faster.
Mary managed to pull one of her sleeves completely up before Shawn stopped her.
Her arm appeared underneath the light.
“Mm.”
Choi Han, who was at the door, let out a groan.
"Oh?"
Meanwhile, Klein, who also saw this, became even more curious. Maybe because all he knew about necromancers was from books, seeing a necromancer in person like this was a different experience.
“Sigh.”
Shawn put his head in his hands. Tasha looked back and forth between Cale, Choi Han, and Merlin with an anxious expression.
Cale’s eyes couldn’t help but become cloudy as he looked at the arm that was revealed.
The arm and hand that were revealed seemed to be covered in what seemed to be burns or black lines that looked like spiderwebs.
It was a terrible scar that would make anyone flinch.
Cale just stared at the injury.
She was really a necromancer.
A black spiderweb human.
That was the term that people used for the necromancers in the past.
Notes:
Hehe, guys, sorry for the late update. Should we speed up to sequence 5 Klein?
Chapter 40: Scent
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
They really couldn’t leave the City of Death, even though the bracelet would be completed the next day. After discussing various matters with Mayor Obante and learning about Mary’s life, the necromancer, Cale and his company decided to take a walk before returning to the inn.
Well, more precisely, Klein was at a restaurant. They had all eaten there, but Klein chose to stay at the same restaurant, too lazy to follow the others who wanted to go elsewhere.
He was seriously considering whether to communicate with the God of Death now or wait until they had to leave the City of Death.
So far, nothing significant had happened in this universe. It could be said that this world was very safe. Well, maybe because Klein himself didn’t try to be on the dark side, but this world was clearly safer compared to his own. If only he didn’t know that something big ended with a god turning back time, sending someone from another world here, hoping history would change as it should...
Should he ask Cale about the contents of that novel?
At that moment, someone sat beside him. Klein turned and found Mary sitting quietly. A waiter who noticed Mary’s arrival quickly approached them and asked what she wanted. The woman mentioned her desired drink, and everything returned to normal.
"Hello Miss Mary, is there something you want to talk to me about?"
Mary’s behavior was actually odder than Klein had previously thought. From the way she looked at him before saying she was curious about the outside world, to her presence here. For someone who sounded like a GPS, Mary didn’t hide her desires.
She was more expressive than Miss Sharon.
"I’m curious."
"About what?"
"If I leave this city, will they truly hate me?"
Mary was always curious. She knew that ordinary people truly disliked her existence, a necromancer living among them. Although Cale Henituse and everyone he brought didn’t show such behavior, it didn’t mean everyone could act like them.
"More precisely, they are afraid. It’s natural for humans to be afraid of someone clearly stronger than them, especially when your power involves controlling the dead."
"I can only control their bones."
"That doesn’t change the fact in the eyes of those who are already afraid."
Mary slightly pulled up her sleeve, observing the scar on her hand. The scar was blackened, looking frightening. Whatever Mary did or said, they would only believe what they wanted to believe.
"Will they kill me?"
"People from the Church of the Sun God would do so the moment they learn of your existence."
Klein understood why Tasha, Shawn, and Obante didn’t want to let Mary leave this city. Although being a necromancer was her choice, that choice wouldn’t have arisen if the incident in The Land of Death had never happened.
It was a choice that had to be made if someone truly wanted to survive.
They, the dark elves who cared for Mary here, knew better than anyone what would happen to Mary if she were allowed to go out into the world alone. Mary, whom they cared for wholeheartedly, would die at the hands of those who didn’t know what truly happened.
In their eyes, living as a necromancer itself was a mistake, regardless of the reasons behind it.
"Why aren’t any of you afraid of me?"
Klein laughed. For Choi Han, of course, he had already experienced terrible things while he was in the Forest of Darkness. Ohn and Hong had life stories where they had to run here and there, begging to survive. Raon? Of course, Raon wouldn’t be afraid of such scars. The young dragon had indeed healed his physical wounds, but everyone knew he still had deep trauma. Who knows when that trauma would fully heal.
Well, as for Cale Henituse, he must have had quite extreme life experiences. An 'ordinary person' certainly wouldn’t be able to remain as calm as that man. Quickly and meticulously devising strategies, very smart, cunning, an expert in acting, casual about mentioning bombs, able to ally with powerful people...
Things like that certainly couldn’t be achieved by someone who used to work in a normal place.
"We have our own stories. Your scars are not something that can scare us. Although, I’d prefer it if we all didn’t have those scars."
"I’m curious."
"About what this time?"
Klein drank his beer, once again failing to enjoy what he liked.
"I heard from other elves that their elementals are afraid of you."
"Eh?"
What did he do to the point that made the elementals scared?
"Yes. They say you have a strange, frightening scent. Far from nature."
"Well, that’s interesting information."
Yes. Interesting.
Although Klein knew that his power had nothing to do with nature, something that could actually harm the ecosystem itself, having a strange scent was certainly new information.
A dragon, whose affinity was strongest with nature, would naturally have a scent like nature itself.
Cale Henituse, whose ancient power had a nature attribute, would naturally have the same scent.
"Aren’t you angry?"
"Angry because they say my scent is strange and frightening?"
Mary nodded.
"I’m not angry because what they say is the truth."
Klein looked around before placing his right hand under the table, signaling Mary to watch what he was about to do.
"They would be even more terrified if they saw this."
By controlling his own power, Klein easily revealed the true skin of The Faceless. His previously clean skin turned purplish with white spots around it, making his skin look disgusting.
He could hear Mary gasp and then he restored the color in his skin. There was a smile on his face as he continued drinking his beer. Mary remained silent, drinking her own drink.
"Does Young Master Cale know?"
"No."
"Is the sky really blue like in the books?"
"Sometimes it’s blue. Sometimes, when it’s very bright, the white clouds seem like paintings on a blue canvas. The sun is bright, but I’ve never really been able to look at the sun with my own eyes. I just like being around its light. Of course, if you stand in an open field on a hot day, the sun will annoy you."
Klein remembered how bad the pollution was in Backlund and sighed deeply. Whether that city could be pollution-free or not depended on its people and leaders.
Is Backlund better now?
"What about the night? Is the night sky beautiful?"
"Yes. The night sky is also beautiful. Unlike the morning or daytime sky that gives the impression of a busy world, the night sky gives a sense of rest because it’s so calm. Sometimes, when you feel tired at night, you can look at the sky and find peace. Of course, if there’s a storm, it’s better to stay indoors."
Klein remembered his love-hate relationship with nighttime. Sometimes he felt happy because he could finally rest, but sometimes he also hated it because it reminded him of all the suffering when he was kidnapped by Amon that day.
"I want to see the outside world..."
"You can. Make a deal with Cale Henituse, and we’ll protect you so Tasha doesn’t have to worry."
Klein recalled Cale’s expression when he saw the scar on Mary’s hand. Whether the man already knew or not, but Cale seemed genuinely interested in the fact that Mary was a necromancer.
"What should I give to Young Master Cale?"
Money. Well, even though Cale Henituse already had a lot of money, it didn’t mean he would turn down an easy job that earned a lot of money. Even though he was interested in necromancers, for now, they didn’t really need the services of a necromancer. Maybe if Tasha were willing to pay some money, the story would be different.
However, what’s interesting about Cale Henituse is that he would find any reason to use as a bargaining chip if he was indeed interested.
"Ask what you can do for him. Although he’s quite cunning, Cale is a good person."
"Alright."
---
"Are you interested in Mary?"
"She’s the only necromancer in this world."
Cale, who was still thinking about building alliances that would later lend a hand to the Henituse family when the war broke out, of course, was interested in a necromancer.
"I think it’s a good idea to bring Mary with us. As for her payment, you already know what you want to do with that necromancer."
"Well, protecting Mary isn’t that hard."
Indeed. Bringing Mary to Harris Village wasn’t that difficult to do. Accompanying and protecting Mary also wasn’t something Cale Henituse had to do alone; he could ask Choi Han and Ron as well.
They just needed to add one more plate at the table, and all problems were solved.
"Cale."
Cale, who was still enjoying his wine, looked at Klein, who was lounging on the sofa, playing with a gold coin.
"Once we reach the capital, I’ll go to the Ubarr territory and head to their sea. Do you have a map of where the mermaid territory is? Wait, are there any mermaids here that aren’t just a tribe?"
Cale tried to recall details from the novel he had read before shaking his head.
"There’s no information about mermaids like that. What are you planning to do in their territory?"
"Courting my death."
Klein was just joking, but who would have thought that Raon, Ohn, and Hong, who had been in the same room, would immediately leap from their positions and attack Klein with all the paws they had.
"No! Absolutely not!"
"Klein! Why do you want to die?!"
"I know you're not okay! But don’t kill yourself!"
It took a lot of effort to keep the three kids away from his face. With an awkward smile, Klein held them off before speaking.
"I was joking. Here’s the situation: I have cool powers, but unfortunately, there’s a seal inside me that makes it difficult for me to do many things. This time, I’ve received information that it would be better for me to perform a ritual to gradually restore my power. The ritual involves diving into the ocean where mermaids are around."
Raon, still hitting Klein’s face, asked seriously.
"How long do you have to dive?"
"Until I can feel the power coming out."
"In that case, I’ll join!"
"I’ll join too!"
"Everyone will join! I want to join too!"
Led by Ohn, Hong and Raon immediately moved to approach Cale Henituse. Klein, speechless, could only watch as the three kids disrupted his cousin's calm.
"Human! We need to go with Klein! He didn’t say how long he will be underwater, what if he dies?!"
"Cale, let’s go together... I’m worried."
"He wasn’t joking when he said he wants to court death. Let’s go with him."
Sigh... What to do about this? Looking at his cousin, Cale blamed Klein for the chaos. The culprit just smiled awkwardly before trying to reassure them that he would be okay.
"There’s no need. This ritual is simple; I just need to dive and wait for the seal to break, then I’ll return to land. I don’t intend to die anytime soon, it’s better for you to spend time with Mary. Yes! Aren’t we going to take Mary home?"
Of course, the attempt failed. The kids kept pressing Cale to say, "Yes, let’s accompany Klein."
"Is there a chance the ritual will fail?"
"No. The ritual will definitely succeed."
Klein’s answer was clear. There would be no failure in the ritual.
"How will you handle the mermaids? It’s not like they’ll just let you dive in their territory, especially after their defeat by the Whale Tribe."
"I’m strong enough to protect myself."
Cale nodded before stating his decision.
"We’ll accompany you to ensure the ritual goes smoothly. As payment, you’ll be Mary’s tutor while she’s with us. You’re responsible for guiding her."
"What? Hey, in an agreement, it should be agreed upon by—mmph!?"
Ohn stuffed Klein’s mouth with cake that had grown cold from not being touched by its owner.
The cat’s eyes looked very sharp, as if telling Klein that if he spoke again, it wouldn’t just be cake going into his mouth.
Notes:
I've always believe that Cale scent is just like the nature itself thanks to his ancient power..
And klein in the other sides is just so dark vibes. Zhou mingrui is just silly man who likes to brag about his skill as keyboard warrior..
Sigh, what to do about you Klein?
Chapter 41: Kill to save me
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
They finally returned from the City of Death to the Roan Kingdom. As planned, Klein was still intent on going to the ocean, where the mermaid territory was located.
Raon didn't leave his side for a second, fearing Klein might suddenly go off alone without taking them along as agreed.
Tonight, after receiving help from Ron to cover their secret journey, the three humans, one dragon, and two cats finally set off. Yes, three humans, because Choi Han absolutely wouldn’t stay put while his master left.
To Klein, this seemed a bit excessive. Even when he performed the ritual for the first time with Cattleya and her crew on the ship, they only escorted him to the destination, not to protect him or ensure the ritual went smoothly.
They were simply prepared to kill him quickly if his ritual failed before he could lose control and kill them first.
"I heard there will be a festival in the Henituse County. When I was buying food earlier, many people were talking about the festival and hoping they could reach Henituse County to celebrate," he said, recalling the letter he read at the office today. Of course, because Choi Han was there, he used another excuse.
"Festival?!"
"We're going to a festival?!"
"I want to see the festival!"
The three children immediately responded when the festival was mentioned. Klein smiled, trying to remember the last time he attended a festival.
"We can return after this," Cale said hopelessly as the children's eyes stared at him. Choi Han, on the other hand, just laughed, understanding that Cale Henituse had a hard time saying no to his children's requests.
"You and the Crown Prince have an interesting relationship. It must be fun to annoy him, huh?"
"For some reason, yes. But he's a good business partner."
They were all walking leisurely toward a cliff in the mermaid territory. Thanks to Paseton's help, they could identify the safest spot in the mermaid territory.
"I don't think this will take long. I hope I’m not wasting your time."
"I'm happy to accompany you in getting stronger. The kids said there's a seal inside you that locks your power. How long have you been trying to find a way to break the seal?"
"Hmm, it's been quite a while. I don’t remember the incident in detail, but I was definitely fighting someone, then got trapped in an illusion, trying to find a way out. The moment I woke up from the illusion, I realized I no longer had my former power. I tried various ways to find information about this. Luckily, our lord helped me and provided some information."
"Including this ritual?"
"No. I always knew I had to do this ritual. The question was whether it would be okay to do it now."
Klein had received an answer from the god of death. Although the response was slow, the god of death said he could do whatever he wanted, as long as he didn’t return to Sephirah Castle if he still wanted to hide his existence from the other gods.
"We're here."
As Cale had informed them, they had reached their destination. At the edge of a cliff, with strong night winds, the roar of ocean waves, and the darkness of night.
The stars didn’t adorn the night sky tonight.
"Alright. Use any signal if your ritual doesn’t go well."
Raon, using his magic, lifted Klein’s body and flew him close to the ocean so he wouldn't have to jump off the cliff.
No one knew how long the ritual would take. But Cale trusted that Klein would be fine, as he had said. Watching the wave from the young man in the middle of the ocean, Cale let out a long sigh.
Klein Moretti had disappeared from the water's surface.
---
"It's nice to meet you again, Klein. How have you been?"
"I'm good, Count-nim. Thanks to all of your kindness, I've been able to live peacefully until now."
Klein, who had received an invitation from Count Henituse to attend the festival, chose to come as soon as possible. The never-ending work could be done later, and he had already received approval from the main body.
Also, because the main body was performing the ritual, it was better for him not to be in Moretti territory, fearing something undesirable might happen while he was at work.
"Cale said he'd return soon after finishing his work. You can rest in the room you previously occupied, or if you want, you can go to the city. Although the festival officially starts in a few days, many residents have already started trading various kinds of food."
Klein's avatar smiled. He was just an avatar, someone whose power was one level below the main body. Whatever he did at this moment would be known by the main body, and vice versa. Since Merlin Hermes was performing the ritual, wouldn’t it be better for him to shop to welcome Ohn, Hong, and Raon?
"I'll go out for a bit tonight."
"Let some knights accompany you."
"There's no need. I'll just be gone for a while."
But Deruth Henituse was a stubborn man. How could he let his son’s cousin, who had been attacked by an assassin whose identity was still unknown, go out alone?
"Two hours. If you're not back, I'll send knights to fetch you."
Well, that was a bit excessive? Klein just smiled before nodding, indicating his agreement. After leaving Deruth’s office, Klein Moretti tossed his gold coin, hoping his divination would yield a good omen.
The result was darkness. He didn't get any vision, which was unusual.
Changing his method, Klein searched for paper and began writing down what he wanted to see.
‘Going to the city is dangerous.’
After saying the sentence seven times, his pendant gave the answer ‘very dangerous.’ Klein frowned, wondering what danger awaited him outside.
Writing down something else, Klein began his divination.
‘Staying at Henituse Castle is dangerous.’
He got the same answer, ‘very dangerous.’
One thing was certain: wherever Klein was today, he would face danger. Would that organization chase him again here? If so, wouldn't that be dangerous for everyone in the castle?
Sigh, why do troublesome things always happen when the main body is performing a ritual to ascend to a higher sequence?
Klein Moretti walked calmly, but his entire body was on alert. He really had to focus on every part of the place he was heading to.
Pretending not to notice anything, acting like an innocent person, he led them to a location where no civilians would be hurt if a fight broke out.
Carrying several packs of snacks he had just bought, Klein Moretti headed towards a quiet alley. He needed to reach a place where the guards of Henituse County would at least notice a fight nearby and call for help from Count Deruth or anyone else.
The main body couldn’t respond to what was happening. He couldn’t detect what was happening on the other side. Was the ritual going okay?
The hair on the back of his neck stood up, signaling that those who had come to kill him were starting to gather.
One, two, three,... About eight people, one of whom had a rather strong aura.
Could he handle them all? No, he HAD to handle them all until help arrived.
“You’ve worked hard to follow me all the way here. May I know the reason?”
These people didn’t answer his question, even though they could clearly hear it.
“Let’s end this chaos quickly.” And Klein fired a wind blast as a signal that the fight had begun.
They all moved quickly and were well-trained. They made no sound except for their footsteps. But daggers kept being thrown at Klein. If it weren’t for his abilities as a clown and magician, he wouldn’t have been able to dodge all the attacks.
One of them began to draw a sword.
“You shouldn’t have interfered with our plans. I’m starting to wonder why our members failed to kill a weakling like you.”
The man was the only one who spoke. And yet, he spoke while swinging his sword.
Not a sword master, but a sword mage. The feel of mana was very strong, making Klein quite aware that he wouldn’t last much longer.
___
“Can you still feel his presence?” Cale asked after they had been standing there for twenty minutes.
Twenty minutes was certainly not normal for an ordinary human to stay submerged in the ocean at night without taking any oxygen.
“I can still feel his heartbeat. But Merlin hasn’t moved from his position since earlier,” Raon, who was trying hard to sense Klein Moretti’s presence, explained in detail. Ohn and Hong stared at the ocean with worry, while Choi Han focused on watching the other side, ready to act the moment he saw a mermaid with bad intentions.
It was at that moment.
The previously brutal ocean became even more violent. Large waves began to appear, and the strong wind signaling a storm could be felt by everyone.
Cale activated his shield, protecting himself and the children from the splashing water.
Klein Moretti had said that if the ritual was successful, Cale would know from the natural reaction that would occur. But the young man hadn’t explained what kind of reaction would indicate the ritual’s success.
“Human! His heartbeat suddenly sped up! Merlin is in danger!”
Cale furrowed his brow. With Raon’s magic, they all arrived at the spot where Klein had dived into the ocean. The large waves continued to assault anyone in the area.
“Human, do you want to dive in and get Merlin? That’s dangerous!”
“Make sure I’m not in danger. Choi Han, we’re going to dive to retrieve Merlin, wherever he is. Hold my hand.”
Choi Han accepted his master’s outstretched hand, and the holy shield appeared to protect its owner and Choi Han.
“Raon, make sure the three of you stay here. Use the shield to avoid the waves, and ensure no one approaches this area. Kill the useless ones.”
“Alright! You and Choi Han must find Merlin quickly; I’m not sure why, but it’s getting harder to detect his presence!”
Cale nodded and gave Choi Han the signal to dive into the ocean.
Finding someone’s body in the depths of the ocean was certainly not easy. But at least they were still protected by the shield and sped up by the wind from Cale’s ancient power, making their movements easier.
It took a few minutes before Choi Han signaled that he had found Klein.
Klein Moretti in question was still in his Merlin Hermes form, tightly covering his ears while slowly sinking to the ocean floor. Choi Han quickly grabbed him, pulling him into the protection of the shield, and Cale immediately surfaced without thinking too long.
“Merlin!”
The surprised voices of the three children greeted them. Merlin was still covering his ears; they couldn’t see the young man’s face. His body was still held by Choi Han, who was just as worried as everyone else.
“Raon, get to the cliff—”
“Cough!”
Raon wasted no time after hearing Merlin Hermes’s loud cough. The young dragon quickly brought them to the cliff, to a safer place.
“Merlin. Can you hear me? Give a signal if you’re still conscious.”
Choi Han removed his robe, which had dried thanks to Raon’s magic, to envelop the body of Merlin. They were no longer soaking wet, but Merlin remained in the same position.
“Merlin,” this time, Cale placed a hand on his shoulder.
At that moment, they heard a small laugh from the shivering young man.
“Hahahahaha.”
“Merlin. Snap out of it.”
“Cale.”
Hearing his name called, Cale immediately got chills. His hand was still on Merlin’s shoulder, and the young man slowly lifted his head, staring at the redhead right in front of him.
“They got me.”
“Who?”
“Arm. They almost ruined this ritual; I had no choice but to kill them. Hahahahaha, this is so interesting! Isn’t this interesting? The sword mage is strong, but he still failed to kill me. Cale, I’m strong. Tell me I’m strong!”
Merlin Hermes...
Seemed to have lost his sanity.
“Are you crazy?”
“Huh? Oh, hahahahahaha.”
They could all see this horrifying scene. Seeing the insane expression, the loud laughter, and everything else Klein Moretti usually didn’t do right before their eyes. The next moment, the young man seemed to struggle to regain control of himself.
“I can hear his voice again.”
Now, the terrifying expression was gone. Replaced by an equally disturbing blank stare.
“I haven’t won yet. Please let me lose control for a moment so that the worm can come out. I need it to make a new avatar. Choi Han, kill me.”
“No.”
Klein frowned. He didn’t have much time before he lost his sanity again. His avatar was dead; he had successfully become a marionettist, and he needed the worm to create a new avatar.
“Choi Han.”
The sword master looked at Merlin in shock as that face slowly morphed into someone he was quite familiar with. Klein Moretti.
“Young Master Klein?”
“Yes. The one in Moretti County is just an avatar, and now my avatar is dead. I need a new avatar from the worm that’s coming out of my body right now, but that will make me lose control of myself. The best way to save me is to either kill me or put me in a coma.”
He looked at Cale Henituse, who was still silent. Although he appeared calm, the grip on his shoulder felt increasingly strong. From this attitude, Klein realized that none of them would kill him.
A bright smile appeared on his face. A smile that seemed so wide and yet appeared fake.
“Alright. Sorry for asking something so selfish.”
Choi Han was someone who could kill easily, but that didn’t mean he could easily kill someone he considered family. The children looked on in shock, but they didn’t dare say anything. And Cale Henituse, who stared at him with frustration.
“What is it, you punk?”
Cale flinched at the words. Klein was still smiling, leaving the rest of this task to the god of death.
“Don’t worry, I’ll become a teacher for Mary after this. Of course, when I wake up later.”
Klein smiled before sinking into his thoughts, letting insanity take over his body. He didn’t know that Cale was holding him, helping him into a more comfortable position as he coughed and expelled the disgusting-looking worm.
Klein Moretti didn’t know that Cale Henituse kept holding him as he began to lose his sanity, laughing like the lunatic he is.
Klein Moretti didn’t know that Cale Henituse never let go of his embrace even when he realized that the young man in his arms had stopped breathing.
The god of death did what Klein asked, and no one knew about it except the two of them.
Notes:
Anyways, I want to share a short story. When I was reading LOTM, my most frequent reaction was "WHERE IS MY FOUND FAMILY?!" and also "CUTTLEFISH, ARE YOU REALLY NOT GOING TO LET YOUR OWN DAMN MC BE HAPPY? SCREW THAT PROTAGONIST ARMOR!"
It got to the point where I was really upset if someone died in front of Klein because I knew Klein would feel responsible for it, even though it wasn't his fault and even if he acted like it didn't affect his life.
I'm just like, "CAN YOU GUYS DIE SOMEWHERE ELSE?! NOT IN FRONT OF KLEIN'S EYES!"
Chapter 42: The Bonding between protagonists
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"We'll stay here until Klein wakes up. Ron, did Father contact you earlier?"
Ron, who was quite surprised by the arrival of the young master and Choi Han, who was somehow carrying Klein Moretti in his arms, opened the door and let them into the room.
It was really Klein Moretti.
Someone who wasn’t supposed to be with them.
The young man that Count Deruth had just mentioned was missing, and all the knights were trying to find him.
"The Count contacted me a few minutes ago, asking if you were with me or not. He asked you to return immediately because young master Klein went missing on his way to the festival."
"Festival, huh."
Sitting next to Klein Moretti, who was now lying on the bed, Cale stared at him for a moment. The person who said the ritual would surely succeed wasn’t lying, but that same person also died in the process.
".. Human, I still can’t feel his heartbeat."
"Don’t worry. He’s not someone who can die easily."
Raon, Hong, and Ohn were surrounding Klein’s body, trying to provide warmth to the cold figure. Choi Han gripped his sword tightly, frustrated because none of them had managed to save him.
"Young master, is Merlin Hermes is actually master Klein?"
Ron finally asked, recalling that they all left with Merlin and then returned with Klein Moretti dressed in the clothes that Merlin had previously worn.
"Yes. He has an ability like that." Cale continued to answer all the questions directed at him.
He glanced at Mary, who was standing behind Ron, not saying anything.
"Contact Father. I need to ask about the situation there."
Really, he had to question this. How could Klein’s avatar still be attacked even though he was in Henituse territory? Not to mention, even though it was just an avatar, Klein had once said that his power was only one level below the main body, so he wasn’t too worried about his own safety.
Klein Moretti was not someone weak.
The call finally connected. Cale could see his father’s face, which looked very anxious. Deruth sighed in relief when he saw that his son, who hadn’t returned home yet, was still safe.
Then the conversation began. It started with Klein’s arrival at Henituse County, his desire to stroll around the festival that hadn’t officially started yet, and the agreement that if the young man didn’t return within two hours, Deruth would send knights to bring Klein home.
Two hours passed, Klein didn’t return, and Deruth had just ordered his knights when he received a report that there was a fight in one of the alleys. The knights, who had been ordered from the beginning to monitor the place, tried to see what was happening, only to find many people chasing the Count of Moretti.
They immediately split up; one team moved to save Klein, and one person ran back to the lord’s castle to report the issue.
When the knights sent by Deruth arrived at the location, they found eight people in black clothing dead in a gruesome manner. The knights who had gone ahead were also found dead. The only person not found was Klein Moretti.
Except for his shopping bags, nothing could be found of Klein, whether the young man was still alive or dead, Deruth was trying hard to find his son’s cousin.
Cale tried to calm his father down and gave reasons why it would be better if he didn’t return quickly. Who would know if the next attack would occur when the eldest son of the Henituse family arrived, right?
Deruth agreed, apologized for panicking, and said he would continue the investigation. The phone call ended, leaving them all in silence.
"Cale-nim.. Do you think they are from Arm?"
"Absolutely. The organization that previously killed the Moretti family is also most likely Arm. Though, I often wonder why Klein never seriously investigated that."
Judging by his attitude, Klein wasn’t someone who would just sit back and accept his fate. His busyness in becoming the Lord of Moretti might have delayed the investigation, but now that he was the Lord, there was no reason for him not to investigate it.
Klein, as Merlin, already knew about the Arm organization and even joined Cale in missions to help the Whale tribe and Ron.
He must have connected the dots between the Arm organization and the organization that killed his family. And yet, he never said anything about it.
"Ron, find Klein’s bag and take out his ancient mirror," Cale ordered when he found the only person—well, object—that could provide information about Klein Moretti’s condition.
It didn’t take long for Ron to bring Arrodes and hand the mirror to Cale. Before anyone could ask, the mirror had already displayed its own message.
"I sincerely want to congratulate the great master on advancing in sequence! Just one more step and the great master will be able to return to the Throne. Unfortunately, the great master has fallen asleep again."
Throne?
"The rule is that I ask a question, you answer it, then you ask me a question, and I must answer truthfully. Is that correct?"
"Correct. Did the great master give you this information, Cale?"
"Yes. My first question is, how long will Klein be asleep? Last time, he slept for seven days."
"The great master wakes up depending on the level of recovery his body needs. At that time, his wounds were severe because he kept pushing himself to break the seal, and his avatar died at the same time, forcing the great master into a long recovery. This time is different because the great master has already successfully broken the seal; he won’t die if his avatar doesn’t die as well. Did he mention hearing someone’s voice?"
"Yes. He said he could still hear the voice, and he hasn’t won yet."
"The stronger the great master becomes, the harder it is for him to control himself. After all, the great master hasn’t fully won, forcing him to resist losing his mind at any moment. If his avatar doesn’t die this time, he only has to focus on returning to himself, not feeling another pain from other issues. This is what makes the great master lose his sanity. The only way out is to kill him."
Cale let out a long sigh. The three children still beside Klein also chose to remain silent, not wanting to leave the young man’s side.
Choi Han had already looked away, trying to calm himself.
"How long will he need to recover?"
"At most two days. The decision to bring the main body was the right choice. If the great master dies, the most important thing to do is protect his main body so he can return safely."
Cale nodded. The answer provided by Arrodes was satisfactory; they just needed to wait for Klein to wake up and continue their day as usual.
"I think that’s enough. Just tell me your final question"
Arrodes hadn’t asked his question yet. And somehow, Cale had a bad feeling about this. Klein had once told him that Arrodes often asked silly questions unrelated to what they were previously discussing. But so far, Arrodes had asked normal questions.
"So, Cale Henituse..."
There was a long pause before the question appeared on the mirror.
"What is your sexual orientation?"
____
"Are you angry that Klein disguised himself as Merlin?"
Cale stared at Choi Han, who was venting his anger by training like a madman. Well, the young man wasn’t making any noise, but the fallen trees due to his sword were enough to create a commotion.
Ohn, Hong, and Raon decided to stay with Klein while Cale went outside for some fresh air and to drink alcohol. Well, until he heard Choi Han cleaning up the back area of the Inn, that is.
"No."
Choi Han stopped his movements, gazing up at the night sky that was still devoid of stars. Was he upset that Klein hid his identity?
No. For some reason, Choi Han wasn’t upset about that. He was just happy that the person who had been helping him with training turned out to be someone he knew as well.
Klein Moretti was someone Choi Han wanted to protect. A young man Choi Han thought he wouldn’t meet for a long time because of his journey with Cale Henituse, which was quite long, while the lord of Moretti County was also very busy.
Who would have thought that person had always been by his side? Guiding him...
"Cale-nim."
Cale, with a blanket from Ron draped over his shoulders, wine in hand, leaned against one of the wooden pillars of the Inn, looking at Choi Han, waiting for him to speak.
Honestly, even though they often went here and there together, most of the time Cale spent was usually just with the children. He didn’t really want to bond with the main character or anyone else. Well, Klein was the one who often entered his room without permission just to give him information that made his head ache. That was a different case.
"Everyone has their own secrets, right? Whether it’s you, me, or young master Klein, we each have our own secrets with the hope that these secrets will be kept so that none of us will get hurt because of them."
Apparently, Cale knew Choi Han’s secret. From the five volumes of the novel he read, which were from Choi Han’s perspective, it was impossible not to understand what kind of attitude Choi Han had or what kind of thoughts he might be experiencing right now.
Cale's only secret was that he was a transmigrator who knew a little bit of information from a novel about a future war. Compared to anything else, that information was really only useful to himself. He didn't know that the secret organization was called Arm, nor did he know who its leader was.
As for Klein, Cale only knew that he was a transmigrator just like him. Someone intelligent, easy to work with, and not a bother to have around.
Neither of them ever shared much information about their original worlds. Even when Klein once rambled about his world, Cale only got the clue that they didn't come from the same universe.
"I'm not angry if Young Master Klein wants to disguise himself as whoever he wants, acting as if we've never met. It's just that... You and Young Master Klein are too similar, and that's what frustrates me."
"Similar? How could I be similar to Klein?"
Cale racked his brain, confused about how he could be compared to the amiable Klein Moretti. Has Choi Han started losing his sanity too?
"I don't know how to act around you both. It's like, you both understand all my struggles, trying to guide me, but I have no idea what I should do for you except protect you. And even then, I often fail, especially with Young Master Klein. Always sick, dying, and coming back to life. You have me by your side, and yet, you always do everything on your own."
Cale was silent. He understood why Choi Han might think that way. However, this was Choi Han, who in the original novel was someone with a very cold heart. In the original novel, his focus was solely on the secret organization, strengthening himself to defeat them. It took him a year to bond with Rosalyn and Lark.
He was someone whose heart was often broken, causing him to forget his own emotions.
But the Choi Han in front of him now was someone gentler, more emotional, more like a puppy. Is it because his ambition to destroy Arm isn't as strong as in the original novel? After all, here, he doesn't have to stay in one place after another to rest.
Here, Cale Henituse gives him a place to come home to.
Is that why? Cale realized his mistake, but he still remained calm. This was his own mistake, but it wasn't something that couldn't be resolved.
"You know you're strong, Choi Han. If you weren't here, everything would be a bit more troublesome. In a team, doesn't everyone have their own role? No one is useless."
Choi Han doesn't need to do difficult things alone. Although he thinks Cale is someone who likes to carry burdens on his own, the truth is different. Cale can order anyone to do any task without having to get his hands dirty. He just doesn't talk about it, which is why no one knows.
"And as for Klein... That kid is a bit annoying, but he'll be fine. As you know, he just wants to get stronger by breaking his seal."
"Does breaking his seal always have to mean he's in pain?"
Cale smiled.
"Choi Han."
"Yes, Cale-nim."
"You're strong because you've gone through a tough life. No one becomes strong without going through something troublesome in their own lives."
This time, Choi Han was silent. What his master said was true.
If he had never lived long in the Forest of Darkness, if he had never worked hard there, never experienced a difficult life, he wouldn't have become a strong sword master like he is now.
Everyone has to go through a tough life if they want to become strong.
"Go in and rest. We'll return once Klein wakes up."
"Alright."
The conversation ended. Short, but Choi Han felt a bit relieved. It was like all the bad thoughts in his head were swept away, replaced with a new purpose.
To become stronger, to eradicate Arm from this world, and to repay those who have helped him so far.
Notes:
Here is the comfort after the hurt. Because I have the tag hurt/comfort.
Anyways, if you guys have an idea of making one-shot but can't really make it, you can suggest the idea to me. If i have the time, i will make the story for you.
Of course, the idea must come from LOTM or LCF itself.
I'm suck at porn though, but i can make kiss scene a little bit better.
Chapter 43: A Marionettist and a Necromancer
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"Human! Human! Wake up! Wake up!"
The peaceful sleep of the redhead was interrupted by Raon's voice, yelling while jumping on his stomach. The young dragon wasn't aware that he had gained weight, so Cale needed to push him off before his stomach was crushed under Raon's weight.
"What?"
"Klein! I can hear his heartbeat again! Klein is breathing again!"
"Cale! Klein is really going to wake up!"
"Wow! This is so exciting!"
Raon, Ohn, and Hong circled around Klein Moretti's body, who was still lying in bed. Cale smiled, got up, and sat on the edge of the bed. He picked up the three kids before any of them could fall or hurt themselves from being too excited.
"Didn't I say it? Klein isn’t someone who dies easily."
"But still, this is surprising! How can someone who's already dead come back to life? I'm not sure we dragons can do that. Can we?"
Cale gently stroked Raon's head before speaking.
"You guys are already strong. There's no need to prove whether you can come back from the dead or not. Isn't it more fun if we win every battle? Or at least survive after fighting with all our strength?"
"You're right!"
At that moment, Ron entered the room, bringing food for everyone. The old man was immediately greeted by the children, eager to tell everyone about Klein's condition.
"I'm grateful that young master Klein is still alive. We just have to wait for him to open his eyes. Should I ask Miss Cage to come here?"
Cale thought for a moment before slowly shaking his head. Although Cage's arrival could help create an alibi about Klein later, Klein's situation was still unique, and he didn't want to involve too many people.
"No need."
"Alright."
Ron remained in the room, watching as Cale and the three children ate quietly. None of them wasted the opportunity to eat.
"Ugh, my head." Klein's groan immediately caught everyone's attention. Ron quickly grabbed the plates and glasses before the children, who moved quickly, knocked them over.
"Klein!"
"Shh, he just woke up. Don’t be too loud."
"Huh? Oh, hey, Cale. Hello, everyone."
Klein Moretti, who had finally regained consciousness and had a brief respite from the headache, realized there were quite a few individuals in his room.
"Hey indeed. Congratulations on being alive again."
"Hahaha. Sorry for the trouble, especially since I said the ritual would go smoothly. Anyway, where's Mary? Wouldn't I be a good tutor if I had similar abilities?"
Ron helped support the young man before Klein tried to stand up.
"Master Klein, you seem to have forgotten that there is chaos in both Henituse County and Moretti County because the young Count they love has been declared missing."
"Ah..."
Klein showed a bright smile, apologizing for forgetting about the incident. After all, the chaos was caused by the attack on Henituse County targeting Klein Moretti, orchestrated by the Arm organization.
"Right. Did you keep my Worm? How many got out?"
Raon, ever the one to store important items, immediately pulled out the worms Klein was referring to. The small creatures were wrapped in soft white cloth, completely unharmed. Klein received part of his body with satisfaction. It wasn’t in vain that he endured such suffering; without becoming a high-sequence beyonder, it was nearly impossible to obtain these worms without enduring pain.
"This is called the Worm of Spirit. A part of my body, though disgusting, it's useful. Extremely useful. We can make charms or use it as an avatar," Klein explained a little about the uses of his Worm of Spirit when he noticed the three children staring at him.
"You're truly a strange human. You've already come back from the dead, and now you're saying these worms are part of your body," Raon commented.
"How do you create an avatar from these worms?"
"By praying to a god."
Cale scoffed at hearing this. Whatever god his cousin was referring to, the idea of someone praying to a deity to create an avatar was something that could be taken as a joke.
"What happens if the worm dies? Like if it gets stepped on or eaten by a bird?"
"I will feel pain."
The three children stared at the bundle of worms with great seriousness. Klein laughed as he watched them, feeling guilty for continuously adding new traumas to these children, even though their old ones hadn’t healed yet.
Ah… That's why sometimes it's better to live alone.
"Don't worry. The stronger I get, the less these worms will be a nuisance. In fact, they’re just a tool to make weapons for me. The more worms I have, the more tolerable the pain becomes, to the point where it feels like being bitten by a bug."
Lifting the three children onto his lap, Klein looked at Cale, who remained silent.
"So, any plans for my alibi? I've already killed them all. It's a pity I couldn't save the knights Count Deruth sent."
"My father hasn’t officially said you're missing. It's just that the people from Moretti County who tried to contact you couldn’t reach you, which made them panic a little."
"Alright. How about this—well, we'll return to Henituse County first, and I'll make my avatar appear gravely injured and be found by someone who will be hailed as a hero. Hmm, should I find myself? Wouldn't it leave a good impression on your father?"
Cale gently shook his head, disagreeing with Klein's idea of being his own hero. While Klein made a valid point, there were other things Klein needed to do besides being the hero.
"Let Choi Han handle that."
Klein agreed. He didn't particularly care who would play the hero in this story, but he was happy that he could focus on other things. For instance, finding materials for his marionettes and giving Mary some education—just in case there were things Mary didn’t understand about 'turning something into a personal puppet.'
_______
"You can control those who are still alive?"
"Well, more accurately, I slowly kill them without anyone, including the person themselves, realizing it, and then I turn them into my puppet."
Mary looked at Klein, feeling confused by the impressive ability the young man beside her possessed. Klein appeared quite excited while explaining a few things. For the first time, Mary felt like she had met someone who truly understood her powers. After all, she was the only Necromancer known by all the dark elves. Tasha had mentioned that no other Necromancer had ever been seen in this world, except for Mary. Well, Mary herself wasn’t widely known either.
"The Dark Forest has many remains of monster bones. You can practice using those bones there. Do you need a lot of dead mana to grow stronger?"
"The number of bones I’ve used for practice isn’t much. I don’t really know where my limits lie."
"Alright. We’ll find out later."
Klein smiled with satisfaction, leaning back casually on the sofa in the carriage. They were still on their way to Henituse County, setting up the alibi that Choi Han was the hero who had saved Klein Moretti. For privacy reasons, Klein chose to ride in the same carriage as Mary, but not with Cale. Of course, the redhead didn’t care. He only said that Klein had to do his job properly, or else he would get less food.
To be honest, Klein didn’t need much food anyway.
"You are Count Moretti. Your avatar is elsewhere, and you’re here with me. How do you control it?"
"Hmm, how do I explain it? It just happens. I me it does, it’s my will too. We do different tasks, but we are the same person. Similar to how you work as a Necromancer. Don’t you control more than one skeleton?"
"I believe so."
Being a Necromancer, although it may seem easy because you can control bones, in reality, it requires hard work. The level of focus must be high, and you must be able to control what you're handling.
A conductor cannot lose focus on all the puppets they are playing with in the theater, or the performance will fall apart.
"Marionette... How many marionettes can you control?"
"For now, only two."
"Can you handle more than that?"
"Of course. Once I'm stronger."
Klein smiled. He used to often wonder how a Beyonder from the Seer Pathway could suddenly become a Clown because Sequence 8 dictated he had to be a clown. Then, the more he learned, the more he realized that The Fool Pathway was indeed a circus Pathway. Quite ironic.
The journey continued, with Klein Moretti sometimes talking, sometimes enjoying the natural scenery, while Mary only responded when asked.
---
Klein, Mary, and Raon had arrived at the Forest of Darkness. This time it was just the three of them. In truth, Klein had only intended to go with Mary, but Raon insisted, and Cale decided that Klein should take care of the other "child" after all the chaos he had caused.
Here they were, searching for the bones of dead monsters while also facing those still alive.
Klein looked at the monsters in front of him, observing the spirit body threads he hadn’t seen in a while.
"Alright, watch closely."
Using a flaming jump, Klein positioned himself at just the right distance. He perfectly dodged the brutal attack of the large monster before him while trying to control the threads the creature still possessed.
One, two, three, four, five...
Silence.
The attack ceased. Klein had successfully made the monster his first marionette in this universe.
"Hooo, you’re really a tough guy."
Klein chuckled softly before walking over to Raon and Mary, who were still speechless from what they had just witnessed.
"In the Forest of Darkness, there are no rules just because you're strong. As long as you can survive, you’ll live well. We can use this monster to clear out other monsters blocking our path."
Mary nodded, understanding what she had to learn from the young man in front of her.
"Raon, did you find any old bones?"
"We’ve got the old bones that used to be ancient power before our human took them. The bones of a dragon. Good girl, Mary! Can you control it?"
Though a bit hesitant, but clearly excited despite her tone still sounding like a GPS, Mary nodded.
"Alright. You control your weapon, and I’ll fight it with mine."
Klein pointed at his monster, and they all grew more eager for the unique training they would face today.
---
"Mary! Strengthen your defenses! Klein is coming!" Raon tried to warn Mary as another monster attacked the dragon bones that were now flying.
Or rather, flying again after several falls.
Klein Moretti could control his marionette from a distance of 100-200 meters, and before Mary could defeat her monster, the young man had already swapped it for another in a short amount of time.
Klein Moretti had said he could only control two marionettes, but he never mentioned how quickly he could switch between them or that it was entirely up to his will.
Sometimes, his monster would be large enough to bite the dragon's leg, shattering its bones, forcing Mary to focus even more.
At other times, Klein would have a flying monster, attacking the dragon from the sky, making their battle more balanced.
Raon had always known that Klein Moretti was a very strong man. But he never imagined that a human could be this powerful. Choi Han himself was an extraordinary individual, but Klein Moretti had a completely different vibe.
"Training stops here."
That voice finally reached Mary's ears, prompting her to let out a sigh of relief and find a place to rest. Her dragon bones had been stored properly, although some parts were missing, damaged by Klein's monster, but that could be dealt with later.
"So, how was it? Did you enjoy the training?"
Klein, who finally appeared after two hours of running around finding the monsters he wanted, accepted a drink from Raon and rested with the two of them.
"It's amazing. Even though we both can control something, I'm a bit confused about what lesson you’re trying to teach me. But it’s great, thank you, Klein."
Mary was genuinely grateful, not only for seeing the outside world with strong protection, but also for having an incredible mentor like Klein Moretti.
"I'm actually a bit worried about that too. Especially since I’ve never been a teacher to anyone before. Well, I’m glad you found the training satisfying."
In truth, Klein had thought about this. What kind of training could he give Mary? Of course, a Marionettist and a Necromancer were different.
But one thing was certain: every person would understand their own abilities and strength as they gained more experience.
Klein could control his many marionettes as he wished because he had enough experience. And this time, Klein wanted to give that experience to Mary, before she eventually faced the real war on her own.
Notes:
I’ve really been thinking about what I should write about these two. I mean, I always get excited when I see that a Marionettist is essentially a Necromancer, but the version they control is the living.
So, what happens when a Necromancer and a Marionettist meet?
Boom! I don’t know. That’s why I spent so much time giving up on thinking. Playing games, ranking up, opening notes, thinking, giving up again, and so on until this chapter was finally finished.
I’m a little proud of myself because this chapter is truly my own idea, lol. I hope it entertains you all.
(For some reason, ao3 is having a fight with me bcs how in the world i edited this chapter for two hours? Because the text keep deleting in itself. )

Pages Navigation
Yuki09 (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sun 09 Jun 2024 05:51AM UTC
Comment Actions
Cupiko on Chapter 1 Sun 09 Jun 2024 12:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
ahollowsmile on Chapter 1 Sun 09 Jun 2024 11:19AM UTC
Comment Actions
Cupiko on Chapter 1 Sun 09 Jun 2024 12:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
ShadowPillow on Chapter 1 Tue 11 Jun 2024 12:02AM UTC
Comment Actions
NereusRai on Chapter 1 Fri 05 Jul 2024 05:59PM UTC
Comment Actions
Miraiesx on Chapter 1 Wed 10 Jul 2024 03:25AM UTC
Comment Actions
Mayum on Chapter 1 Thu 25 Jul 2024 05:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
Toastgobrrrrrrr on Chapter 1 Sun 26 Jan 2025 02:08PM UTC
Comment Actions
Mayum on Chapter 1 Wed 04 Jun 2025 07:53PM UTC
Comment Actions
Freeloader_in_trash on Chapter 1 Thu 05 Jun 2025 01:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
ahollowsmile on Chapter 2 Sun 09 Jun 2024 02:19PM UTC
Comment Actions
Cupiko on Chapter 2 Sun 09 Jun 2024 03:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
Yuki09 (Guest) on Chapter 2 Sun 09 Jun 2024 04:03PM UTC
Comment Actions
Cupiko on Chapter 2 Mon 10 Jun 2024 02:03PM UTC
Comment Actions
Abelielle on Chapter 2 Mon 10 Jun 2024 02:52AM UTC
Comment Actions
Cupiko on Chapter 2 Mon 10 Jun 2024 02:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
Seolisvoid on Chapter 2 Mon 08 Jul 2024 08:58AM UTC
Comment Actions
Frau_Benham on Chapter 2 Wed 10 Jul 2024 03:56AM UTC
Comment Actions
Toastgobrrrrrrr on Chapter 2 Sun 26 Jan 2025 03:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
chuunibyou_plantser (Guest) on Chapter 2 Mon 07 Jul 2025 11:46PM UTC
Comment Actions
Skyler (Guest) on Chapter 2 Tue 26 Aug 2025 04:23AM UTC
Comment Actions
Abelielle on Chapter 3 Mon 10 Jun 2024 12:21PM UTC
Comment Actions
Cupiko on Chapter 3 Mon 10 Jun 2024 02:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
ShadowPillow on Chapter 3 Tue 11 Jun 2024 12:15AM UTC
Comment Actions
ahollowsmile on Chapter 3 Mon 10 Jun 2024 12:48PM UTC
Last Edited Mon 10 Jun 2024 12:48PM UTC
Comment Actions
Cupiko on Chapter 3 Mon 10 Jun 2024 02:01PM UTC
Comment Actions
Yuki09 (Guest) on Chapter 3 Mon 10 Jun 2024 02:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
Cupiko on Chapter 3 Mon 10 Jun 2024 02:35PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation